PRIME RECEIVABLES CORP
S-3/A, 2000-11-09
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: UROPLASTY INC, 10QSB, EX-27, 2000-11-09
Next: PRIME RECEIVABLES CORP, S-3/A, EX-1, 2000-11-09





  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 9, 2000
                                                  REGISTRATION NO. 333-45760
------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ---------------
                              AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                     TO
                                  FORM S-3
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              ---------------
                       PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                        (Issuer of the Certificates)
           (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)


                       PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                 (Originator of the Trust Described Herein)
           (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

            DELAWARE                                31-1359594
  (State or Other Jurisdiction         (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
of Incorporation or Organization)

                       PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                           7 WEST SEVENTH STREET
                           CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202
                               (513) 579-7580
     (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area
           Code, of the Registrant's Principal Executive Office)
                              ----------------
                            DENNIS J. BRODERICK
                     FEDERATED DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
                           7 WEST SEVENTH STREET
                           CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202
                               (513) 579-7000
          (Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                 Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

                                 Copies to:

       ROBERT J. GRAVES                             ANDREW M. FAULKNER
  JONES, DAY, REAVIS & POGUE                       SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE,
        77 WEST WACKER                              MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
   CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60601                           FOUR TIMES SQUARE
        (312) 782-3939                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036-6522
                                                       (212) 735-2853

      APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: From
time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective as
determined by market conditions.

      If the only securities registered on this form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the
following box. |_|

      If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection
with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. |X|

      If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. |_|
______________

      If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_| ______________

      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. |_|

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


                            PROPOSED MAXIMUM PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH    AMOUNT TO   OFFERING PRICE     AGGREGATE       AMOUNT OF
  CLASS OF      BE REGISTERED   PER UNIT     OFFERING PRICE REGISTRATION FEE(1)
SECURITIES TO
BE REGISTERED


Asset Backed ...$1,000,000,000     100%      $1,000,000,000     $264,000.00
Certificates


(1) Previously paid.

                              ---------------

      THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE
REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT
THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.



The information in this prospectus supplement and prospectus is not
complete and may be changed. We cannot sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. Neither this prospectus supplement nor the prospectus is an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy
these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.



               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER __, 2000


         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS, DATED ________, 2000

                       PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                                   Issuer
            % CLASS A ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 2000-__
            % CLASS B ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 2000-__
                 PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, Transferor
                             FDS BANK, Servicer



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                             <C>
         Class A certificates                    Class B certificates
Principal Amount            $_____         Principal Amount           $_____
Price                       $_____ (  %)   Price                      $_____ (  %)
Underwriters' Commissions   $_____ (  %)   Underwriters' Commissions  $_____ (  %)
Proceeds to the Transferor  $_____ (  %)   Proceeds to the Transferor $_____ (  %)
Certificate Rate            ______ % p.a.  Certificate Rate            _______ % p.a.
Interest Payment Dates      monthly on     Interest Payment Dates     monthly on
                            the 15th                                  the 15th
First Interest Payment      ______, 20__   First Interest Payment     ________, 20
  Date                                       Date
Expected Final Payment      ______, 20__   Expected Final Payment     ________, 20__
  Date                                       Date
</TABLE>



      THE CERTIFICATES ARE INTERESTS IN PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST AND
ARE BACKED ONLY BY THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST. NONE OF THE CERTIFICATES OR THE
ASSETS OF THE TRUST ARE OBLIGATIONS OF FDS BANK, FEDERATED DEPARTMENT
STORES, INC., PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES OR
ARE OBLIGATIONS INSURED BY THE FDIC.

      THESE SECURITIES ARE HIGHLY STRUCTURED. BEFORE YOU PURCHASE THESE
SECURITIES, BE SURE YOU UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE AND THE RISKS. SEE "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE [S-12] OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

      NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURES IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

      The underwriters of each of the Class A certificates and the Class B
certificates have agreed to purchase the Class A certificates and the Class
B certificates, subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting
agreement. The Class C certificates will be retained by Prime Receivables
Corporation.



        The date of this Prospectus Supplement is __________, 2000.






                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page


WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION IN THESE
   DOCUMENTS...............................................................S-4

SUMMARY OF TERMS...........................................................S-5

STRUCTURAL SUMMARY.........................................................S-6

RISK FACTORS..............................................................S-11
   Potential Early Repayment or
       Delayed Payment due to Reduced
       Portfolio Yield....................................................S-11
   FDS May Change the Terms
       and Conditions of the Accounts.....................................S-11
   Accounts Added to the Trust
       Portfolio May Have Different
       Terms and Conditions...............................................S-11
   PRC May Not be Able to
       Add Accounts to the Trust..........................................S-12
   Changes to Consumer
       Protection Laws May Impede
       FDS's Collection Efforts...........................................S-12
   Cardholders May Make
       Principal Payments at
       Any Time...........................................................S-13
   Dependence on Federated
       Department Stores..................................................S-13
   Allocations of Charged-Off
       Receivables Could Result in
       a Loss to Your Certificates........................................S-14
   Adjustments Due to Rebates,
       Exchanges and Write-downs
       Could Reduce Payments to You.......................................S-14
   You May Not Be Able to
       Resell Your Certificates...........................................S-14
   Insolvency or Bankruptcy of
       PRC or FDS Could Result in
       Accelerated, Delayed
       or Reduced Payments to You.........................................S-14
   You Will Have Limited
       Control of Trust Actions...........................................S-16

FEDERATED DEPARTMENT STORES, INC..........................................S-17

TRUST CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO...............................................S-17
   The Federated Portfolio................................................S-17
   Delinquency and Loss Experience........................................S-17
   Characteristics of the Trust Portfolio.................................S-19

MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS...................................................S-23
   Accumulation Period....................................................S-23
   Pay Out Event..........................................................S-24
   Paired Series..........................................................S-24
   Historical Payment Rates of the
       Federated Portfolio................................................S-24

RECEIVABLE YIELD CONSIDERATIONS...........................................S-25

USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................S-26

DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES...................................S-26
   General................................................................S-26
   Interest Payments......................................................S-27
   Principal Payments.....................................................S-28
   Postponement of Accumulation Period....................................S-30
   Subordination..........................................................S-31
   Transfer of the Class C Certificates...................................S-32
   Allocation Percentages.................................................S-32
   Application of Collections.............................................S-33
   Reallocation of Cash Flows.............................................S-40
   Sharing of Excess Finance Charge
       Collections........................................................S-41
   Shared Principal Collections...........................................S-41
   Defaulted Receivables; Investor
       Charge-Offs........................................................S-42
   Principal Funding Account..............................................S-43
   Withdrawals from the Collection
       Account............................................................S-43
   Paired Series..........................................................S-45
   Pay Out Events.........................................................S-46
   Servicing Fees and Expenses............................................S-49
   Optional Termination...................................................S-49
   Series Termination.....................................................S-49

GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................................S-50

UNDERWRITING..............................................................S-50

OTHER SERIES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING.......................................S-53

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS
   SUPPLEMENT.............................................................S-55





                WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION IN THESE DOCUMENTS

      The attached prospectus provides general information about the Prime
Credit Card Master Trust, including terms and conditions that are generally
applicable to certificates issued by the trust. The specific terms of the
certificates are described in this prospectus supplement.

      This prospectus supplement begins with several introductory sections
describing your series and the Prime Credit Card Master Trust in
abbreviated form:

     o   Summary of Terms provides important amounts, dates and other terms
         of your series,

     o   Structural Summary gives a brief introduction to the key
         structural features of your series and directions for locating
         further information,

     o   Receivables Flow Chart illustrates the flow of receivables,

     o   Selected Trust Portfolio Summary Data gives certain financial
         information about the assets of the trust, and

     o   Risk Factors describes some of the risks that apply to your
         certificates.

      As you read through these sections, cross-references will direct you
to more detailed descriptions in the attached prospectus and elsewhere in
this prospectus supplement. You can also directly reference key topics by
looking at the table of contents in this prospectus supplement and the
attached prospectus.

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

      We are not offering these certificates in any state where the offer
is not permitted.

      We do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the
information in this prospectus supplement as of any date other than the
date set forth on its cover.


TO UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE AND TERMS OF THESE SECURITIES, YOU MUST READ
CAREFULLY THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS AND THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IN THEIR
ENTIRETY.



                              SUMMARY OF TERMS


Trust:                                  Prime Credit Card Master Trust
Transferor:                             Prime Receivables Corporation--"PRC"
Servicer:                               FDS Bank--"FDS"
Trustee:                                The Chase Manhattan Bank
Pricing Date:                           _________, ____
Closing Date:                           _________, ____
Clearance and Settlement:               DTC/Clearstream/Euroclear
Trust Assets:                           receivables originated in consumer
                                        open-end credit card accounts of FDS
                                        and other credit card originators,
                                        including recoveries on charged-off
                                        receivables.


Series Structure:                         Amount            % of Total Series
      Class A                          $___________                __%
      Class B                          $___________                __%
      Class C                          $___________                __%
Annual Servicing Fee Rate:                  2%

                                      Class A                   Class B
Credit Enhancement:            subordination of Class B    subordination of
                               Class C                     Class C

Certificate Rate:                ___% p.a.               ___% p.a.

Interest Accrual Method:         30/360                  30/360

Interest Payment Dates:          monthly on the 15th     monthly on the 15th

First Interest Payment Date:     ______, 2000            ______, 2000

Expected Final Principal Payment
Date:                            _____ distribution date ____ distribution date

Series 2000-_ Legal Final        ____ distribution date  ____ distribution date
Maturity

Commencement of Accumulation
Period (subject to adjustment):  First day of ________   First day of ________

CUSIP Number:

Anticipated Ratings:
(Moody's/Standard & Poor's)      [Aaa/AAA]               [A2/A]


                             STRUCTURAL SUMMARY

      This summary briefly describes certain major structural components of
Series 2000-__. To fully understand the terms of Series 2000-__ you will
need to read both this prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus in
their entirety.

THE SERIES 2000-__ CERTIFICATES

Your certificates represent the right to receive a portion of collections
on the underlying trust assets. Your certificates bear interest at the rate
stated in the summary of terms. Your certificates will also be allocated a
portion of net losses on the receivables. Any collections allocated to your
series in excess of the amount owed to you or the servicer of the
receivables will be shared with other series of certificates issued by the
trust or returned to PRC. In no case will you receive more than the
principal and interest owed to you under the terms described in this
prospectus supplement.

The certificates are backed by interests in a pool of revolving credit card
receivables. The receivables currently arise primarily under credit card
accounts relating to the sale of merchandise and services by retail stores
owned and operated by Federated Department Stores, Inc. and its
subsidiaries. FDS services these credit card accounts.

For more information on the certificates, see "Description of the Offered
Certificates" in this prospectus supplement. For more information on the
allocation of collections to and payments to Series 2000-__, see
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Interest Payments," "--Principal
Payments" and "--Allocation Percentages" in this prospectus supplement.

PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST

The trustee maintains the trust for several beneficiaries:

  o   the certificateholders of Series 2000-__ certificates,

  o   certificateholders of other series issued by the trust, and

  o   PRC, as the transferor of the receivables to the trust.

The certificates will be one of four outstanding series issued by the
trust. Each series has a claim to a specific dollar amount of the trust's
assets, regardless of the total amount of receivables in the trust at any
time. PRC, as holder of the exchangeable transferor certificate, holds the
remaining claims to the trust's assets. The size of these claims fluctuate
with the total amount of receivables in the trust. PRC, as the holder of
the exchangeable transferor certificate, will also have the right to
purchase your certificates on any distribution date when the outstanding
amount of the certificateholders' interest in the trust is less than or
equal to 11% of the original amount of that interest. PRC will also have
the right to purchase your certificates on or before the second
distribution date following the expected final payment date for the Class A
certificates. The price PRC will pay for the outstanding amount of that
interest will be equal to the entire unpaid balance of that amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

Your Class A certificates feature credit enhancement by means of the
subordination of the Class B certificates and the Class C certificates.
Your Class B certificates feature credit enhancement by means of the
subordination of the Class C certificates. This credit enhancement is
intended to protect you from losses and shortfalls in cash flow.

The effect of subordination is that the more subordinated certificates will
absorb any losses allocated to Series 2000-__, and make up any shortfalls
in cash flow, before the Class A certificates are affected. If the cash
flow and the subordinated Class B certificates do not cover all losses
allocated to Series 2000-__, your payments of interest and principal will
be reduced and you may suffer a loss of principal.

For a more detailed description of the subordination provisions of Series
2000-__, see "Description of the Offered Certificates--Sub-ordination" in
this prospectus supplement.

EXPECTED FINAL PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS AND
POTENTIAL EARLIER OR LATER PAYMENTS

The Class A certificates are expected to be paid in full on the ________,
20__ payment date.

The Class B certificates are expected to be paid in full on the ______,
20__ payment date.

The trust expects to pay the entire principal amount of the Class A
certificates in full on _________ and the entire principal amount of the
Class B certificates in full on _______, in each case if a pay out event
has not occurred. The trust will accumulate principal collections in a
principal funding account during an "accumulation period" to pay the Class
A certificates as expected. The length of the accumulation period will be
as many months as is expected to be necessary for the accumulation of the
Class A payment amount, but will not be less than one month. The
accumulation period will end on the expected final payment date for the
Class A certificates, when the funds on deposit in the principal funding
account are paid to the Class A certificates.

If the Class A certificates are not paid in full on their expected final
payment date, the Class A certificates will begin to receive monthly
payments of principal until they are paid in full.

After Class A is fully repaid, Class B will receive a principal payment on
its expected final payment date. If the Class B certificates are not paid
in full on their expected final payment date, the Class B certificates will
begin to receive monthly payments of principal until they are paid in full.

The certificates will mature, and any remaining principal and interest will
be payable on [ ], 20__. No further payments on the certificates will be
made after that date assuming certificates have been repaid in full.

For more information on the payment of principal on the certificates and
the accumulation period, see "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Principal Payments" and "Maturity
Considerations--Accumulation Period" in this prospectus supplement.

MINIMUM YIELD ON THE RECEIVABLES; POSSIBLE
EARLY PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT OF YOUR SERIES

The offered certificates may be repaid earlier than their expected final
payment date if collections on the underlying receivables, together with
other amounts available for payment to certificateholders, are too low. The
minimum amount that must be available for payment to your series in any
month, referred to as the base rate, is generally the weighted average of
the Class A, Class B and Class C certificate rates, plus the servicing fee
rate, in each case for the related interest period. If the average
portfolio yield, which reflects a reduction for receivable defaults for
your series, for any three consecutive months is less than the average base
rate for the same three consecutive months, a pay out event will occur and
the trust will commence early amortization and holders of your series will
receive principal payments earlier than the expected final principal
payment date.

Your series is also subject to several other pay out events, which could
cause your series to amortize. If your series begins to amortize, the
Class A certificates will receive monthly payments of principal until they
are fully repaid; the Class B certificates will then receive monthly
payments of principal until they are fully repaid. In that event, your
certificates may be repaid before the expected final payment date.

For more information on pay out events, the portfolio yield and base rate,
early principal payment and early amortization, see "Maturity
Considerations," "Description of the Offered Certificates--Principal
Payments," "--Pay Out Events" and "--Optional Termination" in this
prospectus supplement and "Description of the Certificates--Principal" and
"--Pay Out Events" and "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Termination of
the Trust" in the attached prospectus.

INCOME TAX STATUS OF CLASS A AND CLASS B
CERTIFICATES AND THE PRIME CREDIT CARD
MASTER TRUST

Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, special federal income tax counsel to PRC, is
of the opinion that:


   o    under existing law the Class A and the
        Class B certificates will be classified
        as debt of the transferor for U.S.
        federal income tax purposes, and


   o    the trust will not be an association or
        publicly traded partnership taxable as
        a corporation for U.S. federal income
        tax purposes.

For further information regarding the
application of U.S. federal income tax laws, see
"Tax Matters" in the attached prospectus.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The underwriters anticipate that the Class A certificates will be held by
at least 100 persons who are independent of PRC and each other. PRC
anticipates that the Class A certificates will meet the other criteria for
treatment as "publicly-offered securities." If so, subject to important
considerations described under "Employee Benefit Plan Considerations" in
the attached prospectus, the Class A certificates will be eligible for
purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or
individual retirement accounts.

It is not anticipated that the Class B certificates will meet the criteria
for treatment as "publicly-offered securities." Employee benefit and other
plans subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code
cannot acquire Class B certificates. Prohibited investors include:

  o   "employee benefit plans" as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

  o   any "plan" as defined in Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue
      Code; and

  o   any entity whose underlying assets may be deemed to include "plan
      assets" under ERISA by reason of that plan's investment in the
      entity, including insurance company general accounts.

By purchasing any Class B certificates you certify that you are not within
any of those categories.

For further information regarding the
application of ERISA, see "Employee Benefit
Plan Considerations" in the attached
prospectus.

MAILING ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES

The mailing address of Prime Receivables Corporation is 7 W. Seventh
Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 and the telephone number is (513) 579-7580.


                             [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



                                RISK FACTORS

   You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether to
purchase the Class A certificates or the Class B certificates described in
this prospectus supplement.

POTENTIAL EARLY REPAYMENT OR
DELAYED PAYMENT DUE TO REDUCED
PORTFOLIO YIELD                    If there is a decline in the amount of
                                   the receivables collected by the trust
                                   or another pay out event, an early
                                   amortization of the certificates may
                                   occur and you will receive principal
                                   payments earlier than the expected final
                                   payment date. If the average portfolio
                                   yield, which reflects a reduction for
                                   receivable defaults for Series 2000-__,
                                   for any three consecutive months is less
                                   than the average base rate for the same
                                   three consecutive months, a "pay out
                                   event" will occur for Series 2000-__. If
                                   this occurs, the early amortization of
                                   Series 2000-__ will commence, and you
                                   may receive principal payments earlier
                                   than the expected final principal
                                   payment date. Moreover, if principal
                                   collections on receivables allocated to
                                   other series or the transferor are
                                   available to be applied to an early
                                   amortization of any outstanding
                                   certificates, the period during which
                                   that early amortization occurs may be
                                   substantially shortened.

                                   Conversely, any reduction in collections
                                   may cause the period necessary to repay
                                   your certificates to go beyond the
                                   expected final payment date of your
                                   certificates.

                                   The following factors could result in
                                   reduced collections:

FDS MAY CHANGE THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THE ACCOUNTS     FDS will sell receivables arising under
                                   specified credit card accounts to PRC
                                   which will transfer those receivables to
                                   the trust, but FDS will continue to own
                                   those accounts. As the owner of those
                                   accounts, FDS retains the right to
                                   change various terms and conditions of
                                   those accounts, including finance
                                   charges and other fees it charges and
                                   the required minimum monthly payment.
                                   Certain changes in the terms of the
                                   accounts may reduce the amount of
                                   receivables arising under the accounts,
                                   reduce the portfolio yield, reduce the
                                   amount of collections on those
                                   receivables or otherwise alter payment
                                   patterns.

ACCOUNTS ADDED TO THE TRUST
PORTFOLIO MAY HAVE DIFFERENT
TERMS AND CONDITIONS               So long as certain conditions are
                                   satisfied, PRC will automatically
                                   designate additional accounts for the
                                   trust portfolio and transfer the
                                   receivables in those accounts to the
                                   trust. Any new accounts and receivables
                                   may have different terms and conditions
                                   than the terms and conditions for the
                                   accounts and receivables already in the
                                   trust. Credit card accounts purchased by
                                   FDS or originated by other credit card
                                   originators may be included as
                                   additional accounts, if certain
                                   conditions are satisfied. The new
                                   accounts and receivables may perform
                                   differently over time than the accounts
                                   and receivables already in the trust and
                                   could reduce the amount of collections
                                   allocated to your series.

PRC MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
ADD ACCOUNTS TO THE TRUST         If PRC's percentage interest in the
                                  accounts of the trust falls to a minimum
                                  level, PRC will be required to maintain
                                  that level by designating additional
                                  accounts for the trust portfolio and
                                  transferring the receivables in those
                                  accounts to the trust. PRC may not be
                                  able to designate additional accounts to
                                  be added to the trust portfolio when
                                  required. If PRC fails to designate
                                  additional accounts when required, a pay
                                  out event will occur and you could
                                  receive payment of principal sooner than
                                  expected.

CHANGES TO CONSUMER
PROTECTION LAWS MAY IMPEDE
FDS'S COLLECTION EFFORTS

                                   Federal and state consumer protection
                                   laws regulate the creation and
                                   enforcement of consumer loans, including
                                   credit card accounts and receivables.
                                   Changes or additions to those laws or
                                   failure to comply with those laws could
                                   make it more difficult for FDS to
                                   collect payments on the receivables or
                                   could reduce the finance charges and
                                   other fees that FDS can charge on credit
                                   card account balances, or could render
                                   some receivables uncollectible.

                                   Receivables that do not comply with
                                   consumer protection laws may not be
                                   valid or enforceable in accordance with
                                   their terms against the obligor on those
                                   receivables. FDS and PRC each make
                                   representations and warranties relating
                                   to the validity and enforceability of
                                   the receivables arising under the
                                   accounts in the trust portfolio. No
                                   other party will examine the receivables
                                   or the related records for the purpose
                                   of determining the presence or absence
                                   of defects, compliance with
                                   representations and warranties or for
                                   any other purpose. The only remedy if
                                   any representation or warranty is
                                   violated, and the violation continues
                                   beyond the period of time PRC has to
                                   correct the violation, is that PRC must
                                   accept reassignment of the receivables
                                   affected by the violation, subject to
                                   certain conditions. See "The Pooling and
                                   Servicing Agreement--Representations and
                                   Warranties" and "Legal Aspects of the
                                   Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws"
                                   in the attached prospectus.


CARDHOLDERS MAY MAKE
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS AT
ANY TIME                           The receivables transferred to the trust
                                   may be paid at any time. We cannot
                                   assure the creation of additional
                                   receivables in those accounts or that
                                   any particular pattern of cardholder
                                   payments will occur.

DEPENDENCE ON FEDERATED
DEPARTMENT STORES                  The Federated credit cards currently can
                                   be used to purchase merchandise and
                                   services only from department stores,
                                   and associated direct-to-customer
                                   catalog and electronic commerce
                                   businesses operated by Federated's
                                   subsidiaries "Bloomingdale's,"
                                   "Bloomingdale's By Mail,"
                                   "bloomingdales.com," "Burdines,"
                                   "Goldsmith's," "Lazarus," "Macy's By
                                   Mail," "macys.com," "Rich's," "Stern's,"
                                   and "The Bon Marche." Accordingly, the
                                   trust is completely dependent upon
                                   Federated's department stores and its
                                   direct-to-customer catalog and
                                   electronic commerce businesses for the
                                   generation of receivables. The retailing
                                   industry, in general, and the department
                                   store business, in particular, are and
                                   will continue to be intensely
                                   competitive. Federated's department
                                   stores and its direct-to-customer
                                   catalog and electronic commerce
                                   businesses will face increasing
                                   competition not only with other
                                   department stores in the geographic
                                   areas in which they operate but also
                                   with numerous types of retail formats,
                                   including specialty stores, general
                                   merchandise stores, off-price and
                                   discount stores, new and established
                                   forms of home shopping (including mail
                                   order catalogs, television, and the
                                   Internet), and manufacturers outlets.
                                   The Pooling and Servicing Agreement does
                                   not prohibit Federated from transferring
                                   all or any portion of the business or
                                   assets of its subsidiaries. There can,
                                   therefore, be no assurance that
                                   Federated's subsidiaries will continue
                                   to generate receivables at the same rate
                                   as in prior years.

                                   Prior to Federated's acquisition of
                                   Macy's in December, 1994, a third party
                                   financial institution bought the
                                   revolving credit card accounts of
                                   customers of the then-existing Macy's
                                   stores. A significant portion of the
                                   current customers accounts of Macy's are
                                   still owned by this third party and are
                                   not sold to the Transferor or
                                   transferred to the master trust. Similar
                                   consequences of receivables not being
                                   transferred to the master trust could
                                   result from the Federated stores or
                                   businesses being sold to third parties.
                                   The Transferor has been advised by
                                   Federated that decisions with respect to
                                   the above and other aspects of
                                   Federated's business operations will be
                                   based upon the best interests of
                                   Federated and its stockholders from time
                                   to time, which interests may vary from
                                   those of the holders of the certificates
                                   offered in this document.

ALLOCATIONS OF CHARGED-OFF
RECEIVABLES COULD RESULT IN
A LOSS TO YOUR CERTIFICATES        FDS will write off as uncollectible some
                                   portion of the receivables arising in
                                   accounts in the trust portfolio. Each
                                   class of certificates will be allocated
                                   a portion of those charged-off
                                   receivables. If the amount of
                                   charged-off receivables allocated to any
                                   class of certificates exceeds the amount
                                   of other funds available for
                                   reimbursement of those
                                   charge-offs--which could occur if the
                                   limited amount of Class C certificates
                                   is reduced to zero--the holders of the
                                   Class A and Class B certificates may not
                                   receive the full amount of principal and
                                   interest due to them. See "Trust Credit
                                   Card Portfolio--Delinquency and Loss
                                   Experience" and "Description of the
                                   Offered Certificates-- Reallocation of
                                   Cash Flows," "--Application of
                                   Collections" and "--Defaulted
                                   Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs" in
                                   this prospectus supplement.

ADJUSTMENTS DUE TO REBATES,
EXCHANGES AND WRITE-DOWNS
COULDREDUCE PAYMENTS TO YOU        A portion of the receivables will not be
                                   collected as a result of rebates,
                                   exchanges, write-downs and similar
                                   occurrences. If the interest in the
                                   trust retained by PRC is at a minimum
                                   level, PRC will be obligated to make
                                   payments to compensate the holders of
                                   the certificates for the amount of
                                   receivables which become uncollectible
                                   for these reasons. If PRC fails to make
                                   any of these payments, the amount of the
                                   resulting insufficiency will be
                                   allocated to PRC's interest. If the
                                   amount of PRC's interest does not cover
                                   this insufficiency, the available credit
                                   enhancement may be reduced and you may
                                   not receive the full amount of principal
                                   and interest due.

YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO
RESELL YOUR CERTIFICATES           The underwriters may assist in resales
                                   of your certificates but they are not
                                   required to do so. A secondary market
                                   for the certificates may not develop. If
                                   a secondary market does develop, it
                                   might not continue or it might not be
                                   sufficiently liquid to allow you to
                                   resell any of your certificates.

INSOLVENCY OR BANKRUPTCY OF
PRC OR FDS COULD RESULT IN
ACCELERATED, DELAYED OR
REDUCED PAYMENTS TO YOU            The receivables in which you have an
                                   interest are conveyed to the trust by
                                   PRC. PRC acquired the receivables from
                                   FDS. In each instance, the conveyances
                                   are intended to be treated as sales.
                                   However, a court could conclude that PRC
                                   or FDS still owns the receivables and
                                   that the trust only holds a security
                                   interest in the receivables. The
                                   receivables may then be subject to tax
                                   or other governmental liens and to
                                   administrative expenses of the
                                   bankruptcy or bank receivership
                                   proceeding of a predecessor in interest
                                   of those receivables. Furthermore, a
                                   bankruptcy trustee or a creditor may
                                   attempt to cause a predecessor in
                                   interest of the receivables or PRC to be
                                   substantively consolidated with PRC or
                                   the trust. Recharacterization as a
                                   pledge or substantive consolidation can
                                   delay or even reduce payments on your
                                   certificates.

                                   FDS is chartered as a federally
                                   chartered savings bank and is subject to
                                   regulation and supervision by the Office
                                   of Thrift Supervision. If FDS becomes
                                   insolvent or is in an unsound condition,
                                   the Comptroller is authorized to appoint
                                   the FDIC as receiver. Under these
                                   circumstances, the FDIC could:

                                   o require the trustee of the trust to go
                                     through an administrative claims
                                     procedure to establish its right to
                                     payments collected on the receivables in
                                     the trust,

                                   o request a stay of proceedings relating
                                     to the trust's claims against FDS, or

                                   o repudiate the pooling and servicing
                                     agreement and limit the trust's
                                     resulting claim against the receivables
                                     to "actual direct compensatory damages"
                                     measured as of the date of receivership.

                                   See "Legal Aspects of the
                                   Receivables--Matters Relating to
                                   Bankruptcy or Receivership" in the
                                   attached prospectus.

                                   If the FDIC were to take any of those
                                   actions, payments on your certificates
                                   could be delayed and possibly reduced.

                                   If specified events related to the
                                   conservatorship or receivership of FDS,
                                   or the bankruptcy or insolvency of PRC
                                   were to occur then a pay out event would
                                   occur for all outstanding series.


                                   The conservator or receiver may have the
                                   power:

                                   o regardless of the terms of the pooling
                                     and servicing agreement:

                                        - to prevent the beginning of an
                                          early amortization period or
                                          rapid accumulation period,

                                        - to prevent the early sale of the
                                          receivables and termination of
                                          the trust,

                                        - to require new principal
                                          receivables to continue being
                                          transferred to the trust,

                                        - to require the trustee of the
                                          trust to go through an
                                          administrative claims procedure
                                          to establish its right to
                                          payments collected on the
                                          receivables in the trust, or

                                        - to repudiate the pooling and
                                          servicing agreement which
                                          establishes the trust and limit
                                          the trust's resulting claim, or

                                   o regardless of the instructions of the
                                     certificateholders:

                                        - to require the early sale of the
                                          trust's receivables,

                                        - to require termination of the
                                          trust and retirement of the
                                          trust's certificates including
                                          your series, or

                                        - to prohibit the continued
                                          transfer of principal receivables
                                          to the trust.

YOU WILL HAVE LIMITED
CONTROL OF TRUST ACTIONS           You will have limited voting rights
                                   relating to actions of the trust and the
                                   trustee. You will not have the right to
                                   vote to direct the trustee to take any
                                   actions other than the right to vote to
                                   declare a pay out event or a servicer
                                   default.



                     FEDERATED DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.

      Federated is one of the leading operators of full-line department
stores in the United States, with more than 400 department stores in 33
states as of August 3, 2000. Federated also operates the Fingerhut,
Bloomingdale's By Mail, Macy's By Mail, macys.com and bloomingdales.com
direct to customer catalog and electronic commerce subsidiaries.

      The following table provides information with respect to each of
Federated's retail operating divisions as of January 29, 2000. In this
table:

      o     "Gross Square Feet" reflects total square footage of store
            locations, including office, storage, service and other support
            space that is not dedicated to direct merchandise sales, but
            excluding warehouses and distribution terminals not located at
            store sites, and office buildings.


                                                   FISCAL     GROSS SQUARE
                                     NUMBER OF   1999 SALES       FEET
                                      STORES    (IN MILLIONS)(IN THOUSANDS)
                                    -----------  ----------   ---------
Bloomingdale's....................           24      $1,788       6,375
The Bon Marche....................           42         975       5,329
Burdines..........................           52       1,385       8,393
Macy's East.......................           87       4,675      23,477
Macy's West.......................           99       4,011      19,994
Rich's/Lazarus/Goldsmith's........           74       2,176      13,623
Stern's...........................           25         840       4,796
                                    -----------  ----------   ---------
      Total Department Stores.....          403     $15,850      81,987

                        TRUST CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO

      Defined terms are indicated by boldface type. Both the attached
prospectus and this prospectus supplement contain a glossary of important
terms where definitions can be found.

THE FEDERATED PORTFOLIO

      The following information reflects the composition and historical
performance of the Federated portfolio of credit card accounts. See "FDS
Bank's Credit Card Business" in the attached prospectus for a description
of Federated's credit card business.

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE

      All of the receivables in a particular account are considered to
become delinquent immediately upon the failure of any payment due thereon
to be made in full on or prior to the date due. Efforts to collect
delinquent credit card receivables are made by FACS personnel and
collection agencies and attorneys retained by FACS. Under current
procedures, FACS automatically prints a statement message on all customer
statements after a scheduled payment has been missed. If payment has not
been made 14 days after the billing date, a reminder letter is sent to the
cardholder. If payment still has not been received by the next billing
date, the account is eligible for assignment to a FACS collector, who may
send additional letters and initiate telephone contact with the cardholder
in an effort to make payment arrangements. The current policy of the
originators is generally to recognize losses no later than the
eighth month of delinquency or, in the case of certain major purchase plan
accounts, no later than the ninth month of delinquency, although
charge-offs may be made earlier in certain circumstances. The originators
may change their charge-off policies and collection practices at any time
in accordance with their business judgment and applicable law. Under the
terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, any recoveries received in
respect of receivables in charged-off accounts, net of the estimated
expenses of collection, will be paid to the Trust.

      The following table sets forth the loss experience with respect to
payments by cardholders for each of the periods shown for the Federated
portfolio. Because losses are affected by a number of factors, including
competitive and general economic conditions and consumer debt levels, there
can be no assurance that the loss experience for the Receivables in the
future will be similar to the historical experience set forth below.
"Average Receivables Outstanding" is the arithmetic average as of the
beginning of each fiscal month during the period indicated. "Net
Charge-Offs" shown include the sum of any merchandise finance charge and
late fee charge-offs, minus recoveries and do not include the amount of any
reductions in average receivables outstanding due to fraud or customer
disputes. "Recoveries" include finance charge receivables and late payment
fee recoveries and include sales tax recoveries and are net of collection
agency fees. The percentage reflected for the 6 months ended July 29, 2000
is an annualized figure.

                                LOSS EXPERIENCE
                          FOR THE FEDERATED PORTFOLIO
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                           6 MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED
                              ------------------- ---------------------------
                              JULY 29, JULY 31, JANUARY JANUARY 30, JANUARY 31,
                                 2000     1999    2000     1999        1998
                              --------- ------- --------  ------    ----------
Average Receivables Outstanding
Net Charge-Offs...............
Net Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average
   Receivables Outstanding....

      The following table provides the delinquency experience for the
Federated portfolio as of the indicated dates. Because the composition of
the Federated portfolio may change in the future, this table is not
necessarily indicative of the composition of the Federated portfolio at any
later time. In the following table:

      o     the percentages result from dividing the "Amount" by the sum of
            the receivables outstanding as of the billing date for each
            billing cycle during the applicable period.


                           DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                        FOR THE FEDERATED PORTFOLIO
                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                        AS OF                             AS OF
                 --------------------      ------------------------------------

                  JULY 29,   JULY 31,       JANUARY 29, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 31,
                    2000      1999            2000        1999         1998
                 ------------ --------   -------------- -----------------------
NUMBER OF DAYS
DELINQUENT       AMOUNT   %   AMOUNT   %  AMOUNT   %  AMOUNT   %  AMOUNT   %
---------------- ------------ ------ ----------- ------------ ----------- -----
Retail Age 2
(30-59 Days
Past Due)
Retail Age 3
(60-89 Days
Past Due)
Retail Age 4
and higher
(90 Days or More
Past Due)
                 ------------ ------ ----------- ----------- ----------- -----

                 ------------ ------ ----------- ----------- ----------- -----
TOTAL......
                 ============ ====== =========== =========== =========== =====

      As of ________________, 2000, accounts 30 or more days delinquent
were % of total receivables compared with % and % of total receivables as
of January 29, 2000 and January 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.
Delinquencies are a leading indicator of future charge-offs.

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TRUST PORTFOLIO

      The assets of the trust include credit card receivables generated
through accounts that PRC has designated as trust accounts. The trust
accounts are:

     o      accounts existing at the close of business on the INITIAL
            CUT-OFF DATE,

     o      Federated card accounts originated in accordance with the
            originators credit and collection policy,

     o      AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS automatically added to the trust
            as they are created, and

      o SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS that have been designated since the trust was
established.

      The receivables arising from the accounts as of the cut-off date
totaled $[ ]. As of the cut-off date, the accounts had an average credit
guideline of $[ ], and the percentage of the aggregate total receivable
balance to the aggregate total credit guideline was approximately [ ]%. As
of the cut-off date, approximately [ ]% of the accounts had been opened
prior to _____________. Billing addresses for the Accounts include 50
states and the District of Columbia and some foreign addresses.

      The following tables summarize characteristics of the Federated
portfolio as of the end of the day on _____ ___, 2000. Because the
composition of the Federated portfolio may change in the future, these
tables are not necessarily indicative of the character or performance of
the Federated portfolio at any later time. In the following tables:

      o     The figures for number of accounts and receivables outstanding
            are compiled from data as of the last cycle billing date of
            each Federated subsidiary preceding the cut-off date.

      o     Credit balances are a result of cardholder payments and credit
            adjustments applied in excess of an account's unpaid balance.
            Accounts currently having a credit balance are included, as
            receivables may be generated in the future.

      o     Accounts currently having no balance are included, as
            receivables may be generated with respect thereto in the
            future.


                       COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
                              TRUST PORTFOLIO


                                           PERCENTAGE               PERCENTAGE
                                            OF TOTAL                 OF TOTAL
                                 NUMBER OF   NUMBER    RECEIVABLES  RECEIVABLES
ACCOUNT BALANCE RANGE            ACCOUNTS  OF ACCOUNTS OUTSTANDING  OUTSTANDING
---------------------            ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
Credit Balance.................                     %  $                     %
$0.............................
$0.01 to $500.00...............
$500.01 to $1,000.00...........
$1,000.01 to $2,000.00.........
$2,000.01 to $3,000.00.........
$3,000.01 to $4,000.00.........
Over $4,000.00.................
                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
      TOTAL....................                     %  $                     %
                                 =========  =========  ============  =========



                      COMPOSITION BY CREDIT GUIDELINE
                              TRUST PORTFOLIO

                                           PERCENTAGE               PERCENTAGE
                                            OF TOTAL                 OF TOTAL
                               NUMBER OF     NUMBER    RECEIVABLES  RECEIVABLES
CREDIT LIMIT RANGE              ACCOUNTS   OF ACCOUNTS OUTSTANDING  OUTSTANDING
-----------------              -----------  ---------  ------------  ---------
$Under $500....................                     %  $                     %
$500 to $1,000.................
$1,000 to $2,000...............
$2,000 to $3,000...............
$3,000 to $4,000...............
$4,000 to $5,000...............
$5,000 to $6,000...............
Over $6,000....................
                                 ---------  ---------  ------------  ---------
      TOTAL....................                     %  $                     %
                                 =========  =========  ============  =========


      In the following tables:

      o     The figures for number of accounts and receivables outstanding
            are compiled from data as of each cycle billing date during the
            month of and exclude accounts with zero or credit balances.

      o     Current and Retail Age 1 includes both current accounts and
            accounts that are less than 30 days past due. Accounts that
            were 1-29 days past due constituted ____% of the total number
            of accounts and the receivables therein constituted ____% of
            the total receivables outstanding.

      o     The figures for number of accounts and receivables outstanding
            are compiled from data as of the last cycle billing date of
            each Federated subsidiary preceding the cut-off date.


                 COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY PAYMENT STATUS

                                     PERCENTAGE                   PERCENTAGE
                                      OF TOTAL                     OF TOTAL
                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     RECEIVABLES  RECEIVABLES
                         ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING  OUTSTANDING

Current and Retail
  Age 1
Retail Age 2 (30-59 days past due)...
Retail Age 3 (60-89 days past due)...
Retail Age 4 (90-119 days past due)..
Retail Age 5 (120-149 days past due).
Retail Age 6 (150-179 days past due).
Retail Age 7 and higher
  (180 or more days
  past due)...............
      Total...............

                       COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY AGE

                                     PERCENTAGE                   PERCENTAGE
                                      OF TOTAL                     OF TOTAL
                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF       RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
                         ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS        OUTSTANDING OUTSTANDING

Under 6 months............
6 months to 1 year........
1-2 years.................
2-3 years.................
3-4 years.................
4 years and older.........
      Total...............



             COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

                                PERCENTAGE                       PERCENTAGE
                                 OF TOTAL          CURRENT        OF TOTAL
                    NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF       RECEIVABLES     RECEIVABLES
                    ACCOUNTS     ACCOUNTS      OUTSTANDING(2)    OUTSTANDING

California..........
Florida.............
New York............
Washington..........
Georgia.............
Ohio................
Massachusetts.......
New Jersey..........
Tennessee...........
Pennsylvania........
Indiana.............
Kentucky............
Alabama.............
Arizona.............
Idaho...............
South Carolina......
Oregon..............
Rhode Island........
Connecticut.........
New Mexico..........
Texas...............
Subtotal............
Other...............
   Total............


                          MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

      The Class A certificates are scheduled to receive principal on the
____________ DISTRIBUTION DATE, referred to in this document as the CLASS A
EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE. The Class B certificates are scheduled to
receive principal on the ____________ DISTRIBUTION DATE, referred to in
this document as the CLASS B EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE. Principal may be
paid earlier if a PAY OUT EVENT occurs. Final payment of principal may also
be delayed if this series is paired with another series.

ACCUMULATION PERIOD

      On each business day during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocable to the Class A certificates will be
deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT. On each business day, the
amount to be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will generally be
the lesser of:

      o     the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
            COLLECTIONS but not more than the NET PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,
            plus SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and other amounts allocated
            to the Class A certificates, and

      o     the amount by which the CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT for the
            related DISTRIBUTION DATE exceeds the amount deposited in the
            PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT in the current month.

If no PAY OUT EVENT occurs, this amount will be paid to the Class A
certificateholders on the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE.

      On each business day after the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
full, the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,
but not more than the NET PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, plus SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS and other principal amounts allocable to the Class B
certificates will be deposited into the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for distribution
to the Class B certificateholders on the Class B Expected Final Payment
Date.

      The ability of the trust to distribute payments of principal on the
final payment date may depend on one or more of the following factors:

     o      the monthly payment rates on the receivables may vary due to
            the following:

            -     cardholders fail to make a required minimum payment,

            -     cardholders pay only the minimum required amount,

            -     cardholders pay off the entire outstanding balance,

            -     seasonal purchasing, and

            -     payment habits of cardholders, and

     o      the amount of outstanding receivables, charge-offs and new
            borrowings may vary due to:

            -     changes in credit terms and conditions,

            -     seasonal variations,

            -     changes in cardholders,

            -     the availability of other sources of credit,

            -     legal factors,

            -     general economic conditions,

            -     spending and borrowing habits of individual cardholders, and

            -     other factors, and

     o      the potential issuance by the trust of additional series.

PAY OUT EVENT

      If a PAY OUT EVENT occurs, you will receive payments of principal on
each Special Payment Date in which the event has occurred. These payments
will continue until the earlier of the payment in full of the INVESTED
AMOUNT or the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE. The average life and
maturity of your certificates can be significantly reduced if a PAY OUT
EVENT occurs. See "Description of the Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events"
for additional discussion.

PAIRED SERIES

      The transferor may cause the trust to issue one or more series after
the ACCUMULATION PERIOD begins that will be paired with your series. The
outstanding principal amount of that paired series may vary and the
interest rate for that series will be established on its date of issuance.
If a pay out event occurs for the other paired series before payment is
made in full on your certificates, the final payment of principal on your
certificates may be delayed. For example, the numerator used in the
FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE may be decreased or the denominator
used in the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE may increase if a pay out
event occurs on the other paired series. This could cause a reduction of
the percentage of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for your series. See
"Description of the Offered Certificates--Paired Series" for additional
discussion.

HISTORICAL PAYMENT RATES OF THE FEDERATED PORTFOLIO

      The following table provides you with the highest and lowest and
average cardholder monthly payment rates for the Federated portfolio during
any month in the periods shown. These payment rates are calculated as total
deemed payments of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES for
each month as a percentage of total opening monthly account balances.
Monthly averages are shown as an arithmetic average of the payment rate for
each month during the indicated period.

                      SUMMARY PAYMENT RATE INFORMATION
                        FOR THE FEDERATED PORTFOLIO


                             6 MONTHS ENDED                  YEAR ENDED
                       --------------------------  ---------------------------
                        JULY 29,  JULY 31,  JANUARY 29, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 31,
                          2000      1999       2000        1999        1998
                       --------- ---------- ----------  ----------   ---------
   PAYMENT RATES
Highest Monthly Rate           %         %          %            %           %
Lowest Monthly Rate.           %         %          %            %           %
Average Monthly Rate           %         %          %            %           %

      Because the future composition of the portfolios may change over
time, this table does not necessarily indicate the composition or
performance of the Federated portfolio or the trust portfolio at any later
time.

                      RECEIVABLE YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

      Gross revenues from finance charges and fees collected from accounts
in the Federated portfolio for each of the three fiscal years 1999, 1998
and 1997 and for the ____ months ended on ______ ___, 2000 and ______ ___,
1999 are set forth in the following table. In the following table:

     o      all figures represent amounts billed to customers before
            deductions due to charge-offs, fraud, returned goods, customer
            disputes or other customer service adjustments, shown on a sum
            of cycles basis,

     o      "Average Receivables Outstanding" is the average of receivables
            outstanding at the beginning of each fiscal month during the
            period indicated,

     o      "Finance Charges and Fees Billed" are based on beginning of the
            month balances,

     o      "Yield from Finance Charges and Fees Billed" is the result of
            dividing finance charges and fees billed by average receivables
            outstanding,

     o      the percentage reflected for the _____ months ended ______ ___,
            2000 and _______, __, 1999 are annualized figures.


                             REVENUE EXPERIENCE
                        FOR THE FEDERATED PORTFOLIO
                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                         6 MONTHS ENDED                YEAR ENDED
                      -------------------- --------------------------------
                       JULY 29,   JULY 31,  JANUARY 29, JANUARY 30, JANUARY 31,
                        2000       1999        2000       1999        1998
                       --------- ----------  --------- ----------  ----------
Average Receivables
Outstanding............$                     $         $           $
Finance Charges and Fees
Billed Yield from Finance   %                    %         %            %
Charges and Fees Billed.


                              USE OF PROCEEDS

      The net proceeds from the sale of the Class A certificates and the
Class B certificates will be paid to PRC. PRC will use the net proceeds to
pay the purchase price of receivables purchased from the ORIGINATORS and to
make certain payments to Federated and its subsidiaries. Federated has
informed PRC that Federated and its subsidiaries will use these proceeds
for general corporate purposes.


                  DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

      The following is a summary of the material provisions of the offered
certificates. This summary is not a complete description of the terms of
the offered certificates. You should refer to "Description of the
Certificates" and "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement" in the attached
prospectus as well as the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series
2000-__ Supplement for a complete description.

GENERAL

      The offered certificates will be issued under the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT and the SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT. Each offered
certificate represents the right to receive allocations of cardholder
payments that have been received from receivables transferred to the trust.
In particular, the offered certificates will be allocated:

     o      a percentage of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES that
            will be a floating percentage for so long as a PAY OUT EVENT
            does not occur,

     o      a floating percentage of DEFAULT AMOUNTS that will reduce your
            INVESTED AMOUNT if not paid from collections of FINANCE CHARGE
            RECEIVABLES or REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

     o      during the REVOLVING PERIOD, a floating percentage of
            collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES that will be paid to PRC
            except for SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS paid to holders of
            certificates of other series, and

     o      during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or the EARLY AMORTIZATION
            PERIOD, a fixed/floating percentage of collections of PRINCIPAL
            RECEIVABLES based on a fraction whose numerator will be fixed
            at the end of the REVOLVING PERIOD.

      In addition to representing the right to payment from collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to your
series, each offered certificate also represents the right to receive
payments from:

     o      EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

     o      TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS, and

     o      SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.


      Offered certificates will also be entitled to amounts in the
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, and the series share of amounts in the EXCESS
FUNDING ACCOUNT and the COLLECTION ACCOUNT, and investment earnings on
amounts in these accounts.

      Offered certificates will be issued in $1,000 denominations and will
be available only in book-entry form through DTC. As described in the
attached prospectus, as long as the offered certificates are held in
book-entry form, you will only be able to transfer your offered
certificates through the facilities of DTC. You will receive payments and
notices through DTC and its participants. Payments of interest and
principal will be made on each DISTRIBUTION DATE to offered
certificateholders in whose names certificates are registered on the RECORD
DATE, to the extent of available funds.

      The trust has also issued the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE.
PRC initially will own the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. PRC may
transfer the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE in whole or in part under
the limitations and conditions described in the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT. See "Description of the Certificates--The Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate" in the attached prospectus.

INTEREST PAYMENTS

      If you purchase Class A or Class B certificates you will receive from
available funds a payment of CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST or CLASS B MONTHLY
INTEREST, plus CARRYOVER CLASS A INTEREST or CARRYOVER CLASS B INTEREST on
the 15th day of each month that the offered certificates are outstanding.
If that date is not a business day you will be paid on the next business
day.

      On each DISTRIBUTION DATE, you will receive an interest payment based
on the interest rate for your Class A or Class B certificates, and the
outstanding balance of your Class A or Class B certificates, as follows:

      Interest on the Class A certificates or Class B certificates for each
DISTRIBUTION DATE will be paid to you by multiplying:

     o      the CLASS A CERTIFICATE RATE which is ___% per annum or the
            CLASS B CERTIFICATE RATE which is __% per annum, by

     o      the outstanding principal balance of the Class A or Class B
            certificates, as applicable, as of the last day of the
            preceding MONTHLY PERIOD, by

     o      a fraction equal to 30 divided by 360.

      If you do not receive your interest in full on any DISTRIBUTION DATE,
you will be paid the shortfall on the next succeeding DISTRIBUTION DATE
together with interest on the shortfall amount if there are funds available
to make that payment.

      Interest payments will be funded from:

     o      FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocated to your series for the
            related MONTHLY PERIOD, and

     o      to the extent FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES allocated to your
            series are insufficient to pay the interest, from:

            -     EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to your
                  series,

            -     TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to your
                  series, and

            -     REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

      Principal payments on the offered certificates will be funded from:

     o      collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to your series,
            plus

     o      SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocated to your series.

      If there is a shortfall in the amount of collections of FINANCE
CHARGE RECEIVABLES available to pay the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT,
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to the Class C certificates
and, if necessary, the Class B certificates will be reallocated to pay the
shortfall amount. If there is a shortfall in the amount of collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES available to pay the CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT,
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to the Class C certificates
will be reallocated to pay the shortfall amount. These REALLOCATED CLASS B
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS or REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will not
be available to make principal payments to the Class A certificates or
Class B certificates, unless they are applied to cover INVESTOR DEFAULT
AMOUNTS, INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS or unpaid ADJUSTMENT PAYMENTS. Collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to your series but not needed to make
payments to your series may be reallocated to other series.

      Revolving Period. During the REVOLVING PERIOD no principal payments
will be made to Class A or Class B certificateholders. The REVOLVING PERIOD
begins on the CLOSING DATE and ends on the day before the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD or EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD begins. On each DISTRIBUTION DATE
during the REVOLVING PERIOD, collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated
to your series will be:

     o      treated as REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS used to
            pay the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT and the CLASS B REQUIRED
            AMOUNT,

     o      treated as REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS used to
            pay the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT,

     o      treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS used to pay principal
            to other series, or

     o      paid to PRC.

      Accumulation Period. During the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT on
each business day in an amount equal to the lesser of:

     o      the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
            COLLECTIONS, but not more than the NET PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,
            plus SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and other amounts allocated
            to the Class A certificates, and

     o      the amount by which the CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT for the
            related DISTRIBUTION DATE exceeds the amount deposited in the
            PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT in the current month.

      On the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE, the trustee will pay to
Class A certificateholders the amount on deposit in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
ACCOUNT. If a PAY OUT EVENT occurs during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the
amount on deposit in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be paid to Class A
certificateholders on the first SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE.

      On each business day after the amount deposited in the PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT is equal to the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT, the FIXED/FLOATING
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, but not more than the NET
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, plus SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and other
principal amounts allocable to the Class B certificates will be deposited
into the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for distribution to the Class B
certificateholders on the CLASS B EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE.

      During the ACCUMULATION PERIOD until the final principal payment to
Class A or Class B certificateholders, the portion of principal collections
not allocated to the INVESTED AMOUNT will generally be treated as SHARED
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS or, under specified circumstances, deposited in the
EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT.

      Early Amortization Period. On each SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE during the
EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD:

      o     the Class A certificateholders will be entitled to receive
            collections for the related MONTHLY PERIOD until the earlier
            of:

            -     the date the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT has been paid in
                  full,

            -     the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE,

      o     after payment in full of the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT, Class B
            certificateholders will be entitled to receive collections for
            the related MONTHLY PERIOD until the earlier of:

            -     the date the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT has been paid in
                  full, and

            -     the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE, and

      o     after payment in full of the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT, Class C
            certificateholders will be entitled to receive collections for
            the related MONTHLY PERIOD until the earlier of:

            -     the date the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT has been paid in
                  full, and

            -     the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE.

The portion of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD allocated to
the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT will be first used to cover required deposits
into the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT for the benefit of Class A
certificateholders, or required payments of principal to the Class A
certificateholders, during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or EARLY AMORTIZATION
PERIOD. On and after the CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE, the
portion of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD allocated to the
CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be used to cover required deposits into the
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for the benefit of Class B certificateholders. On and
after the CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE, the portion of
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD allocated to the CLASS C
INVESTED AMOUNT will be used to cover deposits into the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT
for the benefit of Class C certificateholders. The balance of remaining
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any of these MONTHLY PERIODS will be treated as
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and will be available to make payments to
certificateholders of other series or to PRC.

POSTPONEMENT OF ACCUMULATION PERIOD

      The ACCUMULATION PERIOD is scheduled to last months. However, the
servicer may elect to extend the REVOLVING PERIOD and postpone the start of
the ACCUMULATION PERIOD. The servicer may make this election only if the
number of months needed to fund the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT to pay the
Class A certificates is less than . On the second business day before each
DISTRIBUTION DATE beginning in _________, ____ until the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD begins, the servicer will determine the length of the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD needed to fund the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT to allow the CLASS A
INVESTED AMOUNT to be paid in full on the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT
DATE. In making this determination, the servicer is required to assume
that:

     o      the principal payment rate will be no greater than the lowest
            monthly payment rate for the previous 12 months,

     o      no additional series will be issued,

     o      the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will remain the same
            throughout the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, and

     o      no PAY OUT EVENT will occur for any series.

      If the number of months determined to be required to fund the
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT is less than months, the servicer may elect to
postpone the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD so that the number of months
included in the ACCUMULATION PERIOD will be equal to or exceed the length
of the required ACCUMULATION PERIOD as determined by the servicer. After
making an election to postpone the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD but
before the ACCUMULATION PERIOD begins, the servicer may elect to further
postpone the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or be required to extend the
ACCUMULATION PERIOD in accordance with the requirements described above.
The length of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD will not be less than one month.

SUBORDINATION

      The Class B certificates will be subordinated to the Class A
certificates. Principal payments on the Class B certificates will not begin
until the Class A certificates are paid in full. If there are insufficient
funds on any DISTRIBUTION DATE to pay the CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT and
REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are insufficient to cover the
CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT, principal payments allocable to Class B
certificateholders will be reallocated to cover amounts due on the Class A
certificates and the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced. If these
REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are not sufficient to fund the
remaining CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT and the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT has been
reduced to zero, then the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reallocated to
the Class A certificates as needed to absorb reductions in the INVESTED
AMOUNT of your series due to DEFAULT AMOUNTS. The Class B Invested Amount
may be reimbursed from subsequent collections of Finance Charge
Receivables.

      The Class C certificates will be subordinated to the Class A
certificates and the Class B certificates. At the closing, the Class C
certificates will not have a stated interest rate and will not be entitled
to payments of interest. Principal payments on the Class C certificates
will not begin until the Class A certificates and the Class B certificates
have been paid in full.

      If there are insufficient funds on any DISTRIBUTION DATE to pay the
CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT or the CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT, principal payments
allocable to the Class C certificateholders will be reallocated to cover
amounts due on the Class A certificates and the Class B certificates and
the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced. If these REALLOCATED CLASS C
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are not sufficient to fund the CLASS A REQUIRED
AMOUNT and the CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT, then the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT
will be reallocated to the Class A certificates or the Class B certificates
as needed to absorb reductions in the INVESTED AMOUNT of your series due to
DEFAULT AMOUNTS. The CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT may be reimbursed from
subsequent collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES.

      To the extent that the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT or the CLASS B
INVESTED AMOUNT is reduced, the amount of FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
allocated to the offered certificates in subsequent months will be reduced.
If the amount of any reduction of the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT is not
reimbursed, the amount of principal distributable to the Class B
certificateholders will be reduced.

TRANSFER OF THE CLASS C CERTIFICATES

      PRC will initially retain the Class C certificates. PRC may sell all
or a portion of the Class C certificates. If PRC does sell the Class C
certificates, PRC will enter into an agreement with the trustee that will
specify the interest rate for the Class C certificates as well as other
relevant provisions of those certificates. PRC may only sell Class C
certificates if:

     o      PRC notifies the trustee, the servicer and the rating agencies
            of the proposed transfer of the Class C certificates,

     o      the rating agencies advise the trustee that the transfer will
            not have a RATINGS EFFECT,

     o      no PAY OUT EVENT occurs before the transfer,

     o      PRC delivers an officer's certificate to the trustee stating
            that the transferor believes that the transfer will not cause a
            PAY OUT EVENT to occur, and

     o      the transferor delivers a tax opinion to the trustee regarding
            the transfer.

ALLOCATION PERCENTAGES

      For each MONTHLY PERIOD, the servicer will allocate collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES, PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and all DEFAULT AMOUNTS
among:

     o      the Class A certificateholders, the Class B certificateholders
            and the Class C certificateholders for your series,

     o      the interests of certificateholders for all other series issued
            and outstanding, and

     o      the TRANSFEROR INTEREST.

      The trustee will use the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE to allocate
to your series DEFAULT AMOUNTS at all times, PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during
the REVOLVING PERIOD and FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS before a PAY OUT EVENT
occurs. The trustee will use the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE to
allocate to your series PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during the ACCUMULATION
PERIOD or EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD and FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS after a
PAY OUT EVENT occurs.

      The FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE as determined on any business day
is generally a proportionate share equal to a fraction:

     o      whose numerator is the sum of the CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED
            AMOUNT, CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT
            at the end of the preceding business day, and

     o      whose denominator is the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
            and amounts on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT at the end
            of the preceding business day.

      The FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE with respect to PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS as determined at any time after the AMORTIZATION PERIOD
COMMENCEMENT DATE is generally equal to a fraction:

     o      whose numerator is the INVESTED AMOUNT at the end of the
            REVOLVING PERIOD, and

     o      whose denominator is the greater of the sum of the amount of
            PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and the amount on deposit in the EXCESS
            FUNDING ACCOUNT at the end of the preceding business day and
            the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
            percentages with respect to PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for all
            classes of series outstanding on that business day.

      The numerator of this fraction can be reduced if the certificates are
paired with another series of certificates and a pay out event occurs with
respect to the paired series, in which case the numerator will be equal to
the INVESTED AMOUNT of this series on the business day before the pay out
event occurred.

      The FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE with respect to FINANCE
CHARGE COLLECTIONS as determined at any time after a PAY OUT EVENT occurs
is generally equal to a fraction:

     o      whose numerator is the INVESTED AMOUNT at the end of the
            business day preceding the occurrence of a PAY OUT EVENT, and

     o      whose denominator is the greater of the sum of the amount of
            PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and the amount on deposit in the EXCESS
            FUNDING ACCOUNT at the end of the preceding business day and
            the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
            percentages with respect to FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS for all
            series then outstanding on that business day.

APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

      Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items. On each business day
during a MONTHLY PERIOD, the servicer will apply AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE
CHARGE COLLECTIONS for the related MONTHLY PERIOD in the following order:

     o      an amount equal to CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST and CARRYOVER CLASS
            A INTEREST will be deposited into the INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT
            for payment on the related DISTRIBUTION DATE,

     o      an amount equal to CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST and CARRYOVER CLASS
            B INTEREST accrued on the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be
            deposited into the INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT for payment on the
            related DISTRIBUTION DATE,

     o      the MONTHLY SERVICING FEE will be paid to the servicer,

     o      an amount equal to the total INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT for that
            DISTRIBUTION DATE will be:

            -     treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during the
                  REVOLVING PERIOD, and

            -     during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before the date
                  the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in full or available
                  in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT, deposited in the
                  PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and afterwards or during the
                  EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD will be deposited in the
                  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for payment to Class A
                  certificateholders or Class B certificateholders,

     o      an amount equal to the unreimbursed CLASS A INVESTOR
            CHARGE-OFFS, if any, will be applied to reimburse CLASS A
            INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, and this amount will be:

            -     treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during the
                  REVOLVING PERIOD, and

            -     during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before the date an
                  amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
                  full or deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT,
                  deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and afterwards
                  or during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD will be deposited
                  in the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for payment to Class A
                  certificateholders,

      o     an amount equal to the CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST and CARRYOVER
            CLASS B INTEREST accrued on the outstanding principal amount of
            the Class B certificates, to the extent not deposited into the
            INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT above, will be deposited into the
            INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT for payment on the related
            DISTRIBUTION DATE,

      o     an amount equal to the unreimbursed reduction in the CLASS B
            INVESTED AMOUNT because of CLASS B INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS and
            REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, if any, will be:

            -     treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during the
                  REVOLVING PERIOD, and

            -     during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before the date an
                  amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
                  full or deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT,
                  deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and afterwards
                  or during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD will be deposited
                  in the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for payment to Class A
                  certificateholders or Class B certificateholders,

     o      an amount equal to Class C Interest, if any.

     o      an amount equal to the unreimbursed reduction in the CLASS C
            INVESTED AMOUNT because of CLASS C INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS and
            REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, if any, will be:

            -     treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS during the
                  REVOLVING PERIOD, and

            -     during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, on and before the date an
                  amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
                  full or deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT,
                  deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and afterwards
                  or during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD deposited in the
                  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for payment to Class A
                  certificateholders, Class B certificateholders and Class
                  C certificateholders, and

     o      the balance, if any, will constitute EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
            COLLECTIONS that will be made available to certificateholders
            of other series to the extent of shortfalls in amounts payable
            from FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS or paid to PRC, provided that
            during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD these amounts will be
            retained in the INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT until the last
            business day of the month.

      The following diagram provides you with an outline of the allocation
of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. This diagram is a simplified
demonstration of the allocation and payment provisions contained in this
prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus.



                             [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



      Excess Finance Charge Collections. On each business day, EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to Series 2000-__ will be applied to
cover shortfalls in amounts to be paid or deposited as described above in
"--Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items."

      EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from Series 2000-__ will be applied
in the following order:

     o      to pay certificateholders of other series to the extent of any
            shortfalls,

     o      to pay any unpaid reasonable costs and expenses of a successor
            servicer, if any, and

     o      paid to PRC on any business day, or if a PAY OUT EVENT has
            occurred, only on the last business day of a MONTHLY PERIOD.

      Transferor Finance Charge Collections. On each business day, the
trustee will apply TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to your
series to cover the amount of the excess of:

     o      the amount that would be earned by funds on deposit in the
            PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT if
            they were invested at the BASE RATE over

     o      the actual amount of investment earnings on funds on deposit in
            the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT and the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT.

      Payment of Principal.  On each DISTRIBUTION DATE during the REVOLVING
PERIOD, the product of:

     o      the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE, and

     o      collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for that DISTRIBUTION
            DATE,

will be treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

      On each business day during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, collections of
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to Class A certificateholders equal to the
NET PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, amounts on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT
allocated to the certificates, SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocated to
the certificates and other amounts, but not more than the CONTROLLED
DEPOSIT AMOUNT, will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT for
payment to Class A certificateholders on the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT
DATE.

      On each business day after the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT is paid in
full, the NET PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, amounts on deposit in the EXCESS
FUNDING ACCOUNT allocated to the certificates, SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
allocated to the certificates and other amounts will be deposited into the
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for distribution to Class B certificateholders on the
CLASS B EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE.

      On each SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE after the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT
DATE and, if earlier, after a PAY OUT EVENT occurs, the trustee will apply
the amount on deposit in the [PRINCIPAL] ACCOUNT and available for payment
of principal in the following order:

     o      an amount equal to the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT to Class A
            certificateholders,

     o      after the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT has been paid in full, an
            amount equal to CLASS B PRINCIPAL to Class B
            certificateholders,

     o      after the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT has been paid in full, an
            amount equal to CLASS C PRINCIPAL to Class C
            certificateholders, and

     o      an amount equal to the excess, if any, will be treated as
            SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

      Any funds on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT at the beginning
of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING
ACCOUNT to the extent necessary to meet the CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT for
the benefit of the Class A certificates.

      You will receive the final payment of principal and interest on the
Class A certificates and the Class B certificates no later than _______.
After _______ the trust will have no further obligation to pay principal or
interest on the Class A certificates or Class B certificates.

      The following diagram provides you with an outline of the allocation
of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES. This diagram is a simplified
demonstration of the allocation and payment provisions contained in this
prospectus supplement and the attached prospectus.



                             [GRAPHIC OMITTED]



REALLOCATION OF CASH FLOWS

      For each DISTRIBUTION DATE, the servicer will calculate the CLASS A
REQUIRED AMOUNT, which is generally equal to the excess, if any, of (1)
CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST, CARRYOVER CLASS A INTEREST, the Class A portion
of the MONTHLY SERVICING FEE and the Class A portion of the INVESTOR
DEFAULT AMOUNT over (2) the AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
plus any available TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS, plus EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series allocated to the amounts
described above.

      For each DISTRIBUTION DATE, the servicer will also calculate the
CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT, which is generally equal to the excess, if any, of
(1) CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST, CARRYOVER CLASS B INTEREST, determined based
on the outstanding principal amount of the Class B certificates, the Class
B portion of the MONTHLY SERVICING FEE and the Class B portion of the
INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT over (2) the AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS, plus any available TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS plus
EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series applied to the amounts
described above.

      The CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT and the CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT will be
paid from REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If REALLOCATED CLASS C
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are not sufficient to fund the CLASS A REQUIRED
AMOUNT and the CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT, then the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT
will be reduced to the extent of the INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT but not below
zero. The remaining CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT will be paid from REALLOCATED
CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
are not sufficient to fund the remaining CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT then the
CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced to the extent of the remaining
INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT but not below zero. If the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT
and the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT have both been reduced to zero, the CLASS A
INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced to the extent of the remaining INVESTOR
DEFAULT AMOUNT, but not below zero.

      Any reduction in the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT or CLASS C INVESTED
AMOUNT will have the effect of slowing or reducing the return of principal
and interest to Class A certificateholders. If the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT
and the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT have been reduced to zero, Class A
certificateholders will bear the credit and other risks associated with
their interests in the trust.

      Reductions of the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT, the CLASS B INVESTED
AMOUNT and the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT described in the four preceding
paragraphs will be reimbursed, and the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT, the CLASS B
INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT increased, on later
DISTRIBUTION DATES to the extent of:

     o      AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

     o      TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS available for that
            purpose on each DISTRIBUTION DATE, and

     o      EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series.

SHARING OF EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS

      Collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES--and other amounts treated
like collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES--in excess of the amount
required to make payments or deposits for the certificates of your series
will be made available to other series whose allocation of collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES is not sufficient to make their required
payments or deposits. We call these amounts EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS. If the certificates of your series require more collections of
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES than allocated to your series, you will have
access to collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES--and other amounts
treated like finance charge collections--from other series. Each series
that has a shortfall will receive a share of the total amount of EXCESS
FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS available for that month based on the amount of
the shortfall for that series divided by the total shortfall for all series
for that same month. EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS remaining after
payment of all shortfalls for other series will be paid to PRC.

SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

      Collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES allocated to the Series 2000-__
certificateholders' interest in excess of:

     o      during the REVOLVING PERIOD, the amount of REALLOCATED
            PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

     o      during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD before the CLASS A EXPECTED
            FINAL PAYMENT DATE, the CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT and the
            amount of REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS, and

     o      during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD after the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL
            PAYMENT DATE and during the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD, the
            INVESTED AMOUNT of the certificates,

will be made available to other series whose allocation of principal
collections is not sufficient to make payments or deposits required to be
made from principal collections allocated to those series. We call these
collections SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS. If your certificates require more
principal collections than allocated to your series based on the
FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE, you will share in the excess
available from other outstanding series. Each outstanding series that has a
shortfall will receive a share of the total amount of SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS available for that month based on the amount of the shortfall
for that series divided by the total shortfall for all outstanding series
for that same month.

      If SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed shortfalls for all series, the
trustee will deposit the remaining amount into the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT
and distribute the remaining amount to PRC to the extent that the
TRANSFEROR INTEREST exceeds the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST.

      SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS cover PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS of the Series
2000-__ certificates by using collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES that
would have been paid to PRC and, in specified circumstances, may allow the
length of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD to be shortened. This type of
reallocation of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES will not result in a
reduction in the INVESTED AMOUNT of the series to which the collections
were initially allocated. There can be no assurance that there will be any
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD.


DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS

      The INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT represents the investor's share of
receivables charged-off as uncollectible. On each business day, the
servicer will calculate the INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT for your series by
multiplying:

     o      the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE for that business day, by

     o      the DEFAULT AMOUNT for all DEFAULTED ACCOUNTS on that business
            day.

The INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT will be paid from:

     o      AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

     o      TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to Series
            2000-__,

     o      EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series allocated
            to Series 2000-__, and

     o      REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS.

If on any DISTRIBUTION DATE, the REQUIRED AMOUNT exceeds the sum of:

     o      TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocable to Series
            2000-__,

     o      EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series allocable
            to Series 2000-__, and

     o      REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

then the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced by the amount of that
excess but not more than the INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT. This type of
reduction is called a CLASS C INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF. If this reduction causes
the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT to be a negative number, then:

     o      the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced to zero, and

     o      the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced by the amount by
            which the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT would have been reduced below
            zero,

but not more than the INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT less the amount of the
reduction of the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT. This type of reduction is called
a CLASS B INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF.

If this reduction causes the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT to be a negative
number, then:

     o      the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced to zero, and

     o      the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT will be reduced by the amount by
            which the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT would have been reduced below
            zero,
but not more than the INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT less the amount of the
reduction of the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT.
This type of reduction is called a CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF.

PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT

      Under the SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT, the trustee will establish and
maintain a PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT in which it will collect principal for
payment to Class A certificateholders during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD.

      Amounts collected in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be used to
pay principal to Class A certificateholders on the earlier of:

     o      the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE, and

     o      if a PAY OUT EVENT occurs during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the
            first SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE.


      Amounts on deposit in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT will be invested
until the following DISTRIBUTION DATE by the trustee (at PRC's direction)
in CASH EQUIVALENTS. The proceeds from these investments will be deposited
in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT on each DISTRIBUTION DATE and applied as
AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.



WITHDRAWALS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT


      The servicer will withdraw the following amounts from the COLLECTION
ACCOUNT for application on each business day:

     o      an amount equal to the TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE of the amount of
            PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will be paid to PRC as holder of the
            EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE to the extent those funds
            are not allocated to any series;

     o      an amount equal to the TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE of the amount of
            FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS will be paid to PRC as holder of the
            EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE to the extent those funds
            are not allocated to any series;

     o      an amount equal to:

            -     the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of the amount of
                  FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

            -     TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS,

            -     investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the
                  PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT to the extent on deposit in the
                  COLLECTION ACCOUNT on that business day, and

            -     EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS from other series
                  allocable to Series 2000-_, and,

            -     if a DISCOUNT TRIGGER EVENT has occurred, discounted
                  PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS allocable to Series 2000-_,

            will be allocated and paid as described above in "--Application
            of Collections--Payment of Interest, Fees and Other Items;"

     o      during the REVOLVING PERIOD, an amount equal to:

            -     the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS, less the resulting amount which may be
                  applied as REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS or
                  REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

            will be applied as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS; provided, that
            during the continuance of a DISCOUNT TRIGGER EVENT, discounted
            PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are subject to reallocation as FINANCE
            CHARGE COLLECTIONS;

     o      during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, an amount equal to:

            -     the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS, less the resulting amount applied as
                  REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

            -     any amount on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT
                  allocated to certificateholders,

            -     any amounts to be paid in respect of the INVESTOR DEFAULT
                  AMOUNT, CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, CLASS B INVESTOR
                  CHARGE-OFFS and CLASS C INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, and

            -     any amount of SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS on that
                  business day,

            will be deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT; provided,
            that during the continuance of a DISCOUNT TRIGGER EVENT,
            discounted PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are subject to reallocation as
            FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS. On any business day on which the
            amount on deposit in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT exceeds the
            CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT, the excess will be treated as
            SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS;

      o     during any EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or on or after the CLASS B
            PRINCIPAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE, an amount equal to:

            -     the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE of PRINCIPAL
                  COLLECTIONS, less the resulting amount which is applied
                  as REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS,

            -     any amount on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT
                  allocated to certificateholders,

            -     any amounts to be paid in respect of the INVESTOR DEFAULT
                  AMOUNT, CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, CLASS B INVESTOR
                  CHARGE-OFFS and CLASS C INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, and

            -     any amount of SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS on that
                  business day, up to the amount of the INVESTED AMOUNT,

            will be deposited into the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT; provided, that
            during the continuance of a DISCOUNT TRIGGER EVENT, discounted
            PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS are subject to reallocation as FINANCE
            CHARGE COLLECTIONS;

      o     SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will be allocated to each
            outstanding series, on a proportional basis, based on the
            investor allocation percentage for PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
            applicable to any series:

            -     first to be applied to any shortfalls with respect to the
                  controlled distribution amount for each series, and

            -     then to accelerate principal payments with respect to any
                  series which is in its amortization period but not
                  subject to a controlled distribution amount, and

            -     then, at the option of the transferor, to make payments
                  of principal with respect to the variable funding
                  certificates.

            The servicer will pay any remaining SHARED PRINCIPAL
            COLLECTIONS on that business day to the holder of the
            EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE; and

      o     EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS will be allocated as
            described above in "--Application of Collections--Payment of
            Interest, Fees and Other Items."

      Any SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and other amounts not paid to the
transferor because the TRANSFEROR INTEREST does not exceed the MINIMUM
TRANSFEROR INTEREST, will be deposited into and held in the EXCESS FUNDING
ACCOUNT, and on the AMORTIZATION PERIOD COMMENCEMENT DATE with respect to
any series, those amounts will be deposited in the principal account or
principal funding account of that series to the extent specified in the
related supplement until the principal funding account of that series has
been funded in full or the holders of certificates of that series have been
paid in full.

PAIRED SERIES

      The Series 2000-__ certificates may be paired with one or more other
series. The paired series either:

      o     will be prefunded with an initial deposit in a PRE-FUNDING
            ACCOUNT up to the initial principal balance of that paired
            series, or

      o     will have a variable principal amount.

Any PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT will be for the benefit of the paired series. As
principal is deposited in the PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT or paid to the
Series 2000-__ certificates, either:

      o     in the case of a prefunded paired series, an equal amount of
            funds on deposit in any PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT for that paired
            series will be released to PRC, or

      o     in the case of a paired series with a variable principal
            amount, an interest in that paired series up to the amount paid
            to your series may be sold by the trust.

      The invested amount in the trust of that paired series will increase
by an amount up to the principal paid on your series. Upon payment of the
Series 2000-__ certificates, assuming no unreimbursed charge-offs for any
related paired series, the total invested amount of the related paired
series will have been increased by an amount up to the total amount paid to
Series 2000-__ certificateholders since the issuance of that paired series.

      If a PAY OUT EVENT occurs with respect to Series 2000-_, if paired,
or any related paired series during the ACCUMULATION PERIOD for Series
2000-_, either:

      o     the numerators used in the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE
            for Series 2000-_ and the related paired series will be reset
            to be equal to the respective invested amounts of each series
            on the last day before the PAY OUT EVENT occurred, or

      o     the denominator of the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE for
            Series 2000-_ may be increased upon the occurrence of a PAY OUT
            EVENT with respect to a paired series, in either case resulting
            in a possible reduction of the percentage of PRINCIPAL
            COLLECTIONS allocated to Series 2000-_ if the event allowed the
            payment of principal at that time to the paired series and
            required reliance by Series 2000-_ on the sum of the numerators
            or the denominator of the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE.

PAY OUT EVENTS

      The REVOLVING PERIOD shall continue until the earlier of:

     o      the start of the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, or

     o      the occurrence of a PAY OUT EVENT.

The following chart indicates whether each PAY OUT EVENT is an event which
automatically triggers an EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or an event which
requires the vote of a majority of the certificateholders or the trustee to
trigger an EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         REQUIRES A            AUTOMATICALLY
                                                          MAJORITY                CAUSES
                                                          VOTE OF                 AN EARLY
                                                     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS       AMORTIZATION OF
PAY OUT EVENTS                                         OR THE TRUSTEE         SERIES 2000-__
--------------
                                                     ------------------     -------------------

<S>                                                        <C>                    <C>
1.  The transferor fails to make a payment or              X
    deposit when required to under the POOLING AND
    SERVICING AGREEMENT or the SERIES 2000-___
    SUPPLEMENT within five business days after the
    required date.

2.  The sale, pledge, assignment or transfer by            X
    the transferor or grant of any lien on any
    receivable other than as permitted under the
    POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or the SERIES
    2000-__ SUPPLEMENT.

3.  The transferor fails to observe or perform any         X
    covenant or agreement and than failure has a
    material adverse effect on you and the failure
    continues unremedied for 60 days after written
    notice to the transferor.

4.  The transferor makes a representation or               X
    warranty in the POOLING AND SERVICING
    AGREEMENT or the SERIES 2000-___ SUPPLEMENT
    that was materially incorrect when made and
    that continues to be materially incorrect for
    60 days after written notice to the transferor
    and as a result you are materially and
    adversely affected, unless the transferor
    accepts reassignment of the related
    receivables.

5.  The average of the PORTFOLIO YIELDS for three                                    X
    consecutive MONTHLY PERIODs is less than the
    average of the BASE RATE for such three
    consecutive monthly periods.

6.  A SERVICER DEFAULT occurs which has a material         X
    adverse effect on you.

7.  Either FDS, FEDERATED DEPARTMENT STORES or the                                   X
    transferor admits in writing its inability
    to pay its debts, is subject to a bankruptcy
    proceeding or enters receivership or
    conservatorship or otherwise becomes subject
    to an insolvency event.

8.  The transferor becomes unable to transfer                                        X
    receivables to the trust in accordance with
    the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

9.  The trust becomes subject to regulation as an                                    X
    "investment company" under the Investment
    Company Act.

10. The TRANSFEROR INTEREST is less than the                                         X
    MINIMUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST for fifteen
    consecutive days.

11. The total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and                                    X
    the amount on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING
    ACCOUNT is less than the MINIMUM AGGREGATE
    PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES for 15 consecutive days.

</TABLE>


SERVICING FEES AND EXPENSES

      The MONTHLY SERVICING FEE allocable to your series shall equal
one-twelfth of the product of:

      o      2%, and

      o     an amount equal to the sum of the CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED
            AMOUNT, the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT and the CLASS C INVESTED
            AMOUNT at the end of the MONTHLY PERIOD second preceding the
            related DISTRIBUTION DATE.

      The remainder of the servicing fee not paid by Series 2000-_ will be
paid from amounts allocable to the holder of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE or the certificateholders of other series. The trust, the
trustee or the Series 2000-__ certificateholders will not be liable for the
share of the servicing fee to be paid from amounts allocable to the holder
of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE, or the certificateholders of
any other series.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

      The Class A certificates and the Class B certificates may be
repurchased by the transferor after the INVESTED AMOUNT is less than or
equal to 11% of the initial INVESTED AMOUNT. The Class A certificates and
the Class B certificates may also be purchased by the transferor on the
second DISTRIBUTION DATE following the CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE.
The purchase price for the certificates will equal the sum of:

     o      the CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT, plus

     o      accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal amount of
            the Class A certificates through the day preceding that
            DISTRIBUTION DATE at the CLASS A CERTIFICATE RATE, and

     o      the CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT, plus

     o      accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal amount of
            the Class B certificates through the day preceding that
            DISTRIBUTION DATE at the CLASS B CERTIFICATE RATE, and

     o      the CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT.

SERIES TERMINATION

      The trustee will solicit bids for the sale of some of the PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLES together with the related FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES if the
INVESTED AMOUNT is greater than zero on the SERIES 2000-___ TERMINATION
DATE. The amount of receivables to be sold will not be more than 110% of
the INVESTED AMOUNT on the SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE.

      The proceeds of the sale will be applied first to the Class A
certificates until paid in full, then to the Class B certificates until
paid in full and then to the Class C certificates.

      You will incur a loss if the proceeds of the sale, together with the
amount of collections available in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT, are less than
the CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT plus accrued and unpaid interest on
the Class A certificates if you own Class A certificates or that amount
plus the Class B Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the
Class B certificates if you own Class B certificates.


                            GENERAL INFORMATION

      Copies of the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the SERIES 2000-___
SUPPLEMENT, the annual report of independent certified public accountants
described in "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Evidence as to
Compliance" in the attached prospectus, the documents listed under "Where
You Can Find More Information" and the reports to certificateholders
referred to under "Reports to Certificateholders" and "Description of the
Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" in the attached prospectus may
be obtained [from the servicer]. Financial information reflecting PRC is
assimilated in the consolidated financial statements of Federated in its
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2000.

      The certificates, the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and the SERIES
2000-___ SUPPLEMENT are governed by the laws of the State of New York.


                                UNDERWRITING

      PRC has agreed to sell to the underwriters listed below the amount of
Class A certificates and Class B certificates indicated next to each
underwriter's name. Each underwriter has agreed to purchase that amount of
corresponding Class A certificates or Class B certificates.



                                                           PRINCIPAL
                                                           AMOUNT OF
           CLASS A                                          CLASS A
         UNDERWRITERS                                    CERTIFICATES
         ------------                                    -------------
 ..................................................       $
 ..................................................
 ..................................................
 ..................................................       -------------
      Total.......................................       $
                                                         =============




                                                          PRINCIPAL
                                                           AMOUNT OF
          CLASS B                                           CLASS B
         UNDERWRITERS                                    CERTIFICATES
         ------------                                    -------------

 ..................................................       $
 ..................................................
 ..................................................
 ..................................................       -------------
      Total.......................................       $
                                                         =============

      The purchase commitment of the underwriters may be increased or ended
if any underwriter defaults. The price to public, underwriters' discounts
and commission, the concessions that the underwriters may allow to some
dealers, and the discounts that those dealers may reallow to other dealers,
each expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Class A
certificates or the Class B certificates, shall be as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            UNDERWRITING     SELLING
                               PRICE TO     DISCOUNT AND   CONCESSIONS,   REALLOWANCE
                                PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS    NOT TO EXCEED  NOT TO EXCEED
                             ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>
Class A certificates........            %              %        %              %
Class B certificates........            %              %        %              %
</TABLE>


      After the offering is completed, PRC will receive the proceeds, after
deduction of the underwriting and other expenses, listed below:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       PROCEEDS TO
                                                           PRC
                                                     (AS % OF THE        UNDERWRITING
                                                   PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF   DISCOUNTS AND
                                                       THE CLASS A        COMMISSIONS
                                                  CERTIFICATES AND THE
                                   PROCEEDS TO           CLASS B
                                       PRC            CERTIFICATES)
                                 ---------------  --------------------   --------------
<S>                              <C>                <C>                 <C>
Class A certificates............ $                               %       $

Class B certificates............ $                               %       $
                                                                          -------------
      Total.....................                                         $
                                                                          =============
</TABLE>


      After the public offering, the public offering price and other
selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Additional offering
expenses are estimated to be $________.

      Any underwriter may engage in the following transactions, to the
extent permitted by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act:


      o     over-allotment transactions, which involve syndicate sales in
            excess of the offering size creating a syndicate short
            position,

      o     stabilizing transactions, which permit bids to purchase the
            Class A certificates and the Class B certificates so long as
            the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum,

      o     syndicate covering transactions, which involve purchases of the
            Class A certificates and the Class B certificates in the open
            market after the distribution has been completed to cover
            syndicate short positions, and

      o     penalty bids, which permit the underwriters to reclaim a
            selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A
            certificates and the Class B certificates originally sold by
            the syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering
            transaction.

      The use of the above transactions may cause the prices of the Class A
certificates and the Class B certificates to be higher than they would
otherwise be. These transactions, if or once commenced, may be stopped
without notice.

      Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

      o     it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on
            in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection
            with the issue of the Class A certificates and the Class B
            certificates to a person who is of a kind described in Article
            11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
            Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996, as amended, or who is
            a person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued
            or passed on,

      o     it has complied and will comply with all provisions of the
            Financial Services Act 1986 and other laws and regulations for
            anything done by it which apply to the Class A certificates and
            the Class B certificates in, from or otherwise involving the
            United Kingdom, and

      o     if that underwriter is an authorized person under the Financial
            Services Act 1986, it has only promoted and will only promote,
            as that term is defined in Regulation 1.02 of the Financial
            Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991,
            to any person in the United Kingdom the scheme described in
            this prospectus supplement if that person is of a kind
            described either in Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act
            1986 or in Regulation 1.04 of the Financial Services (Promotion
            of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991.

      PRC may indemnify the underwriters against liabilities which include
liabilities under the securities laws. PRC may also contribute to payments
the underwriters may be required to make on these liabilities.

      The underwriters and their respective affiliates have engaged and may
in the future engage in investment banking or commercial banking
transactions with PRC and its affiliates.


                      OTHER SERIES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING

      The trust has previously issued three other series that remain
outstanding. The table below discusses the principal characteristics of
these series. For more specific information relating to any series, any
prospective investor should contact the transferor at (513) 579-7580. The
transferor will provide, without charge, to any prospective purchaser of
the certificates, a copy of the disclosure documents for any previous
publicly issued series.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SERIES 1992-3 VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATES
<S>                                                   <C>
Invested Amount as of _________________............   $____________
Maximum Permitted Invested Amount..................   $455,000,000
Certificate Rate...................................   Variable
Commencement of Amortization Period................   December 31, 2000 (subject to extension)
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.00%
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   May 15, 2004 (subject to extension)
Series Issuance Date...............................   January 5, 1993

SERIES 1995-1

1.  CLASS A CERTIFICATES
Initial Invested Amount............................   $546,000,000
Certificate Rate...................................   6.75%
Current Invested Amount............................   $546,000,000
Controlled Amortization Amount (subject to
  adjustment)......................................   $68,250,000
Accumulation Period Commencement Date..............   December 2001 Monthly Period
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.0%
Credit Support.....................................   Subordination of Series 1995-1
                                                      Class B and Class C Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date........................   August 15, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   November 15, 2005
Series Issuance Date...............................   July 27, 1995

2.  CLASS B CERTIFICATES
Initial Invested Amount............................   $52,000,000
Certificate Rate...................................   6.90%
Current Invested Amount............................   $52,000,000
Controlled Amortization Amount.....................   N/A
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.0%
Credit Support.....................................   Subordination of Series 1995-1
                                                      Class C Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date........................   September 16, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   November 15, 2005
Series Issuance Date...............................   July 27, 1995

3.   CLASS C CERTIFICATES
Initial Invested Amount............................   $52,000,000
Certificate Rate...................................   9.00%
Current Invested Amount............................   $52,000,000
Controlled Amortization Amount.....................   N/A
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.0%
Expected Final Payment Date........................   October 15, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   November 15, 2005
Series Issuance Date...............................   July 27, 1995

SERIES 1996-1

1.  CLASS A CERTIFICATES
Initial Invested Amount............................   $218,000,000
Certificate Rate...................................   6.70%
Current Invested Amount............................   $218,000,000
Controlled Amortization Amount (subject to
  adjustment)......................................   $109,000,000.00
Accumulation Period Commencement Date..............   March 2001 Monthly Period
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.0%
Credit Support.....................................   Subordination of Series 1996-1
                                                      Class B and Class C Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date........................   May 15, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   July 15, 2004
Series Issuance Date...............................   May 1, 1996

2.  CLASS B CERTIFICATES
Initial Invested Amount............................   $20,800,000
Certificate Rate...................................   6.85%
Current Invested Amount............................   $20,800,000
Controlled Amortization Amount.....................   N/A
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.0%
Credit Support.....................................   Subordination of Series 1996-1
                                                      Class C Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date........................   June 15, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   July 15, 2004
Series Issuance Date...............................   May 1, 1996

3.   CLASS C CERTIFICATES
Initial Invested Amount............................   $20,800,000
Certificate Rate...................................   9.00%
Current Invested Amount............................   $20,800,000
Controlled Amortization Amount.....................   N/A
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage....................   2.0%
Expected Final Payment Date........................   July 15, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date..................   July 15, 2004
Series Issuance Date...............................   May 1, 1996
</TABLE>


                  GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

      "ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for Series 2000-__, the period:

      o     beginning on the first day of the _____ 20___ Monthly Period,
            or a later date as described in "Description of the Offered
            Certificates--Postponement of Accumulation Period" and

      o     ending on the earliest of:

            -     the date a Pay Out Event occurs,

            -     the end of the _____ 20___ Monthly Period, and

            -     the Trust Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables up to the Class A
Invested Amount are accumulated in a Principal Funding Account for payment
to Class A certificateholders on the Class A Expected Final Payment Date.

      "ACCUMULATION SHORTFALL" initially means zero and with respect
to any Distribution Date shall mean the excess of:

      o     the Controlled Deposit Amount for that Distribution Date over

      o     the Net Principal Collections received during the related
            Monthly Period, plus

      o     the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections received
            during the related Monthly Period and allocable to the Class A
            certificates.

      "ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any business day, an amount
equal to:

      o     the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on that day, plus

      o     the Class B Invested Amount on that day, plus

      o     the Class C Invested Amount on that day.

      "AMORTIZATION PERIOD COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the earlier of the date
on which the Accumulation Period begins and the date on which a Pay Out
Event occurs or is deemed to have occurred.

      "ANNUAL PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATE" means with respect to any business
day during a Monthly Period:

      o     the total amount of credit sales arising under accounts during
            each of the twelve Monthly Periods ending on the last day of
            the second preceding Monthly Period, divided by

      o     the average of the Outstanding Balances of receivables as of
            the last day of each Monthly Period.

      "AVAILABLE SERIES FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means for any Distribution
Date, the sum of:

      o     the Total Finance Charge Collections on deposit in the
            Collection Account and

      o     any investment earnings relating to amounts on deposit in the
            Principal Funding Account and the Pre-Funding Account deposited
            in the Collection Account,

allocated and distributed to Series 2000-__ as indicated under "Description
of the Offered Certificates--Application of Collections."


      "BASE RATE" means the sum of the weighted average of:

      o     the Class A Certificate Rate,

      o      the Class B Certificate Rate and

      o      the Class C Certificate Rate, plus

            2%

      "CARRYOVER CLASS A INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date:

      o     any Class A Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous
            Distribution Date, plus

      o     any Class A Additional Interest.

      "CARRYOVER CLASS B INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date:

      o     any Class B Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous
            Distribution Date, plus

      o     any Class B Additional Interest.

      "CARRYOVER CLASS C INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date:

      o     any Class C Monthly Interest due but not paid on any previous
            Distribution Date, plus

      o     any Class C Additional Interest.

      "CARRYOVER DISCOUNT AMOUNT" means for any series for any business
day, the excess, if any, of:

      o     the sum of the product of:

            -     the Discount Allocation Percentage

            -     the Discount Amount and

            -     the Carryover Discount Amount
            for that series for the preceding business day, divided by

      o     the amount of Principal Collections added to Total Finance
            Charge Collections for that series on that preceding business
            day.

      "CARRYOVER INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, the sum of
Carryover Class A Interest, Carryover Class B Interest and Carryover Class
C Interest.

      "CLASS A ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

      o     the excess, if any, of Class A Monthly Interest for the
            preceding Distribution Date over the amount available to be
            paid to Class A certificateholders relating to interest on that
            preceding Distribution Date, and

      o     the sum of the Class A Certificate Rate plus 2% per annum.

      "CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any business day, an
amount equal to:

      o     the Class A Invested Amount, minus

      o     the total amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account on
            that day.

      "CLASS A CERTIFICATE RATE" means a rate of ____% per annum.

      "CLASS A EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means the ________ Distribution
Date.

      "CLASS A FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for any business day:

      o     the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the amount of the
            Class A Adjusted Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding
            business day bears to the greater of

            -     the total amount of Principal Receivables and amounts on
                  deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of
                  the preceding business day and

            -     the sum of the numerators used to calculate the
                  allocation percentage for all classes of the Series then
                  outstanding.

      "CLASS A INITIAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means $_____.

      "CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any date, an amount equal to:


      o     the Class A Initial Invested Amount, minus

      o     the total amount of principal paid to Class A
            certificateholders before that date, minus

      o     the excess, if any, of the total amount of Class A Investor
            Charge-Offs for all previous business days preceding that date
            over the total amount of any reimbursements of Class A Investor
            Charge-Offs for all Distribution Dates before that date.


      "CLASS A INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Class A Invested Amount is reduced after the Class B
Invested Amount has been reduced to zero because of Investor Charge-Offs
resulting from the allocation of the Investor Default Amount and the Series
2000-__ Allocation Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments.

      "CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" means a portion of the Investor
Default Amount that is allocated to Class A certificateholders on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of:

      o     the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage for the related
            Monthly Period, and

      o     the Default Amount for that Monthly Period.

      "CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

      o     the Class A Certificate Rate, and

      o     the outstanding principal balance of the Class A certificates
            on the last business day of the preceding Monthly Period;

except for the initial Distribution Date, Class A Monthly Interest will
equal $__________.

      "CLASS A MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" for any Distribution Date relating to the
Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period will equal the sum of:

      o     an amount equal to the aggregate Net Principal Collections
            received during the Monthly Period immediately preceding that
            Distribution Date, minus the aggregate amount of Reallocated
            Principal Collections for that Monthly Period,

      o     any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated
            to the Certificates on that Distribution Date, and

      o     the amount allocated to the Class A Certificates with respect
            to that Distribution Date on account of the Investor Default
            Amount and any reimbursements of unreimbursed Class A Investor
            Charge-Offs, Class B Investor Charge-Offs, and Class C Investor
            Charge-Offs.

except for:

      o     on any Distribution Date during the Accumulation Period, Class
            A Principal may not exceed the Controlled Deposit Amount for
            that Distribution Date,

      o     on any Distribution Date, Class A Principal may not exceed the
            Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, and

      o     on the Series 2000-__ Termination Date, Class A Principal shall
            be an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount.

      "CLASS A PERCENTAGE" means the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      o     whose numerator is the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, and

      o     whose denominator is the Series Invested Amount.

      "CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT" means the amount required to be paid for
the benefit of the Class A certificates described under "Description of the
Offered Certificates--Reallocation of Cash Flows."

      "CLASS B ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

      o     the excess, if any, of Class B Monthly Interest for the
            preceding Distribution Date over the amount available to be
            paid to Class B certificateholders relating to interest on that
            preceding Distribution Date, and

      o     the sum of the Class B Certificate Rate plus 2% per annum.

      "CLASS B CERTIFICATE RATE" means [    ]%.

      "CLASS B EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means the ________ Distribution
Date.

      "CLASS B FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means the percentage
equivalent of the ratio which the Class B Invested Amount at the end of the
last day of the Revolving Period bears to the greater of:

      o     the sum of the aggregate amount of Principle Receivables and
            the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the
            end of the preceding business day and


      o     the sum of the numerators used to calculate the applicable
            allocation percentages for all classes of all Series
            outstanding on that business day; provided, however, that,
            because the Certificates are subject to being paired with a
            future prefunded Series, if a Pay Out Event occurs with respect
            to the Certificates during the Accumulation Period, and if at
            that time the Certificates are paired with a prefunded Series,
            the numerator will be reset to be equal to the Class B Invested
            Amount at the end of the last day prior to the occurrence of
            that Pay Out Event.


      "CLASS B FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any
business day, the percentage equivalent of the ratio that the amount of the
Class B Invested Amount as of the end of the preceding business day bears
to the greater of:

      o     the total amount of Principal Receivables and amounts on
            deposit in the Excess Funding Account as of the end of the
            preceding business day and

      o     the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation
            percentages for all classes of all Series then outstanding.

      "CLASS B INITIAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means $______.

      "CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any day, an amount equal to:


      o     the Class B Initial Invested Amount, minus


      o     the total amount of principal paid to Class B
            certificateholders before that date, minus

      o     the total amount of Class B Investor Charge-Offs for all
            previous business days, including the amount by which the Class
            B Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor Default
            Amount on all previous business days, minus

      o     the total amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections
            for all previous Distribution Dates for which the Class C
            Invested Amount has not been reduced for those previous days,
            plus


      o     the total amount of Available Series Finance Charge
            Collections, Transferor Finance Charge Collections and Excess
            Finance Charge Collections applied on all previous business
            days for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted under the
            two preceding bullet points.


      "CLASS B INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Class B Invested Amount is reduced because of Investor
Charge-Offs resulting from the application of Reallocated Principal
Collections and the allocation of the Investor Default Amount, and the
Series 2000- __ Allocation Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments in
excess of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections.

      "CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" means a portion of the Investor
Default Amount that is allocated to Class B certificateholders on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of:

      o     the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage for the related
            Monthly Period, and

      o     the Default Amount for that Monthly Period.

      "CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

      o     the Class B Certificate Rate, and

      o     the outstanding principal balance of the Class B certificates
            on the last business day of the preceding Monthly Period;

except for the initial Distribution Date, Class B Monthly Interest will equal
$__________.

      "CLASS B MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" for any Distribution Date on or after the
Class B Principal Payment Commencement Date will equal the sum of:

      o     an amount equal to the total Net Principal Collections received
            during the Monthly Period immediately preceding that
            Distribution Date (less any payments to be made to Class A
            Certificateholders to the extent of any remaining Class A
            Invested Amount on that Distribution Date), minus the aggregate
            amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for that Monthly
            Period,

      o     any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated
            to the Class B Certificates on that Distribution Date, and

      o     the amount allocated to the Class B Certificates with respect
            to that Distribution Date on account of the Investor Default
            Amount and any reimbursements of unreimbursed Class B Investor
            Charge-Offs and Class C Investor Charge-Offs;

      "CLASS B PERCENTAGE" means the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      o     whose numerator is the Class B Invested Amount, and

      o     whose denominator is the Series Invested Amount.

except on the Series 2000-__ Termination Date, Class B Principal shall be
an amount equal to the Class B Invested Amount.

      "CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the earlier of :

      o     during:

            -     the Accumulation Period, the Class B Expected Final
                  Payment Date or

            -     the Early Amortization Period, the Distribution Date on
                  which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full or, if
                  there are no Principal Collections remaining after
                  payments have been made to the Class A certificates on
                  that Distribution Date, the next succeeding Distribution
                  Date, and

      o     the Distribution Date following a mandatory sale or repurchase
            of the receivables under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      "CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT" means the amount required to be paid for
the benefit of the Class B certificates described under "Description of the
Offered Certificates--Reallocation of Cash Flows."

      "CLASS C ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means for any Distribution Date, an
amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of:

      o     the excess, if any, of Class C Monthly Interest for the
            preceding Distribution Date over the amount available to be
            paid to Class C certificateholders relating to interest on that
            preceding Distribution Date, and

      o     the sum of the Class C Certificate Rate plus 2% per annum.

      "CLASS C CERTIFICATE RATE" means a rate of ____% per annum.

      "CLASS C EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means the ________ Distribution
Date.

      "CLASS C FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means

      "CLASS C INITIAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means $______.

      "CLASS C INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any date, an amount equal to:

      o     the Class C Initial Invested Amount, minus

      o     the total amount of principal paid to Class C
            certificateholders before that date, minus

      o     the total amount of Class C Investor Charge-Offs for all
            previous business days, equal to the amount by which the Class
            C Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the Investor Default
            Amount on all prior Distribution Dates, minus

      o     the total amount of Reallocated Class C Principal Collections
            for all previous Distribution Dates for which the Class C
            Invested Amount has been reduced for those previous dates, plus

      o     the total amount of Available Series Finance Charge
            Collections, Transferor Finance Charge Collections, and Excess
            Finance Charge Collections applied on all prior business days
            for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted under the
            preceding two bullet points.

      "CLASS C INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period, the
amount by which the Class C Invested Amount is reduced because of Investor
Charge-Offs resulting from the application of Reallocated Principal
Collections and the allocation of the Investor Default Amount, and the
Series 2000- __ Allocation Percentage of any unpaid Adjustment Payments in
excess of Reallocated Class C Principal Collections.

      "CLASS C INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" means a portion of the Investor
Default Amount that is allocated to Class C certificateholders on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of:

      o     the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage for the related
            Monthly Period, and

      o     the Default Amount for that Monthly Period.

      "CLASS C MONTHLY INTEREST" means, initially, zero. However, PRC may,
after issuing the Series 2000-__ certificates, set an interest rate for the
Class C certificates without the consent of Class A certificateholders and
Class B Certificateholders.

      "CLASS C MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" with respect to any Distribution Date on
or after the Class Principal Payment Commencement Date will equal the sum
of:

      o     an amount equal to the aggregate Net Principal Collections
            received during the Monthly Period immediately preceding that
            Distribution Date (less any payments to be made to Class B
            Certificateholders to the extent of any remaining Class B
            Invested Amount on that Distribution Date), minus the aggregate
            amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for that Monthly
            Period;

      o     any amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account allocated
            to the Class C Certificates on that Distribution Date, and

      o     the amount allocated to the Class C Certificates with respect
            to that Distribution Date on account of the Investor Default
            Amount and any reimbursements of unreimbursed Class C Investor
            Charge-Offs;

      "CLASS C PERCENTAGE" means the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      o     whose numerator is the Class C Invested Amount, and

      o     whose denominator is the Series Invested Amount.

except on the Series 2000-__ Termination Date, Class C Principal shall be
an amount equal to the Class C Invested Amount.

      "CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the earlier of:

      o     the Distribution Date on which the Class B Invested Amount is
            paid in full or, if there are no Principal Collections
            remaining after payments have been made to the Class B
            certificates on that Distribution Date, the next succeeding
            Distribution Date, and

      o     the Distribution Date following a mandatory sale or repurchase
            of the receivables under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

      "CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT" means for any Distribution Date during
the Accumulation Period, an amount equal to:

      o     the Controlled Accumulation Amount, plus

      o     any Deficit Controlled Accumulation Amount for the preceding
            Distribution Date.



      "DEFAULT AMOUNT" means, on any business day:

      o     the aggregate outstanding balance of Receivables in Accounts
            that became Defaulted Accounts on such Business Day that do not
            constitute finance charges, late fees, or any other fee or
            charge minus

      o     the portion of the Ineligible Default Amount that does not
            constitute finance charges, late fees, or any other fee or
            charge.

      "DEFAULTED ACCOUNT" means each account with respect to which, in
accordance with the servicer's customary and usual servicing procedures,
the servicer has charged off the receivables in that account as
uncollectible.

      "DELINQUENCY PERCENTAGE" means with respect to any business day, the
percentage equivalent of an amount determined on the preceding date of
determination, or on that business day with respect to each date of
determination, equal to:

      o     the product of:

            -      0.5 and

            -      the total Outstanding Balance of all receivables retail
                   age 2 or greater--30 or more days past due--divided by

      o     the total Outstanding Balance of all receivables on that date
            of determination.

      "DISCOUNT ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means with respect to any series and
any business day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      o     whose numerator is the Series Discount Factor for that series,
            and

      o     whose denominator is the Discount Factor on that business day.

      "DISCOUNT AMOUNT" means for any business day, the Discount Factor
multiplied by the Outstanding Balance of receivables transferred to the
trust on that business day.

      "DISCOUNT FACTOR" means for any business day, an amount equal to the
sum of each Series Discount Factor for all series outstanding.

      "DISCOUNT TRIGGER EVENT" means for any business day, the Discount
Factor for the second preceding Monthly Period being in excess of zero and
the rating agencies having consented to the discounting of purchases of
receivables before that business day and having not revoked that consent.

      "DISTRIBUTION DATE" means the 15th day of each month, or if the 15th
day is not a business day, the next business day.

      "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for Series 2000-__, the period:

      o     beginning on the earlier of the day a Pay Out Event occurs or
            the Class A Expected Final Payment Date if the Class A Invested
            Amount has not been paid in full on that date, and

      o     ending on the earlier of:

            -     the date the Invested Amount has been paid in full,

            -     the termination of the trust, and

            -     the Series 2000-__ Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to Series
2000-__ will be paid on each Special Payment Date to certificateholders.

      "FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLE FACTOR" means with respect to any date of
determination:

      o     the total amount of finance charges, late fees, and other fees
            and charges outstanding on the last day of the second preceding
            Monthly Period divided by

      o     the total Outstanding Balances of the Eligible Receivables on
            the last day of that second preceding Monthly Period,
            determined on the basis of a calculation performed by the
            servicer.

      "FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means with respect to
Principal Collections during the Accumulation Period or Early Amortization
Period and Finance Charge Collections after a Pay Out Event occurs, the
allocation percentage determined as described under "Description of the
Offered Certificates--Allocation Percentages."

      "FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage plus the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage, plus
the Class C Floating Allocation Percentage.

      "INELIGIBLE DEFAULT AMOUNT" means, as of any business day, the total
Outstanding Balance of receivables in accounts that are:

      o     identified on the servicer's computer records as not being
            Eligible Accounts and

      o     reported in the servicer's computer records on that business
            day as becoming Defaulted Accounts.

      "INTEREST ACCRUAL PERIOD" means in relation to any Distribution Date,
the period from the previous Distribution Date through the day before that
Distribution Date, except the first Interest Accrual Period begins on the
Closing Date and ends on the day before the first Distribution Date. Each
period is deemed to last 30 days.

      "INVESTED AMOUNT" means, when used with respect to any business day,
the sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount and the Class C Invested Amount.

      "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period for Series 2000-__
the sum of the Class A Investor Charge-Offs, the Class B Investor
Charge-Offs and the Class C Investor Charge-Offs.

      "INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" means for any Monthly Period, an amount
equal to the product of the Default Amount and the Floating Allocation
Percentage as of the related Distribution Date.

      "MINIMUM TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE" means during each fiscal year for the
Series 2000-___ certificates:

      o     [ ]% for the period from the _____ Monthly Period to and
            including the _____ Monthly Period,

      o     [ ]% for the _______ Monthly Period, and

      o     [ ]% for the ________ Monthly Period;

 provided, however, that this percentage may be adjusted from time to time
upon written notice from the transferor to the trustee if:

      o     each rating agency initially rating the Class A certificates,
            the Class B certificates, and, if applicable, the Class C
            certificates:

            -     shall have been notified of the adjustment of this
                  percentage, and

            -     shall have provided notice to the trustee or the servicer
                  that the adjustment would not result in a reduction or
                  withdrawal of its rating of these certificates, and

      o     that adjustment will not, in the opinion of counsel
            satisfactory to the trustee, result in specified adverse tax
            consequences.

      "MONTHLY INTEREST" means the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B
Monthly Interest and the Class C Monthly Interest.

      "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE" means for any Distribution Date, the amount
determined as described under "Description of the Offered
Certificates--Servicing Fees and Expenses."

      "NEGATIVE CARRY AMOUNT" means an amount equal to the excess of:

     o      the product of:

            -     the Base Rate, and

            -     the product of (1) the total amounts on deposit in the
                  Excess Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account
                  and (2) the number of days elapsed since the previous
                  business day divided by the actual number of days in that
                  year, divided by

      o     the total amount of all earnings since the previous business
            day available from the Cash Equivalents in which funds on
            deposit in the Excess Funding Account and the Principal Funding
            Account are invested.

      "NET FINANCE CHARGE PORTFOLIO YIELD" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      o     whose numerator is the amount of Finance Charge Collections for
            that Monthly Period, calculated on a cash basis after
            subtracting the Investor Default Amount for that Monthly
            Period, and

      o     whose denominator is the average daily Invested Amount during
            the preceding Monthly Period.

      "NET PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means for any series on any business day:

      o     the product, during the Revolving Period, of the Floating
            Allocation Percentage for that series and, during the
            Accumulation Period or any Early Amortization Period, the
            Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage for that series and the
            amount of Principal Collections on that business day minus

      o     on or after the occurrence and during the continuance of a
            Discount Trigger Event, the lesser of:

            -     the sum of (1) the product of the Discount Allocation
                  Percentage and the Discount Amount for that business day
                  and (2) the Carryover Discount Amount for that business
                  day, and

            -     the amount determined under the first bullet point.

      "OUTSTANDING BALANCE" means, with respect to a receivable on any day,
the total amount owed by the Obligor under that receivable on that day.

      "PAY OUT EVENT" means any of the events described under "Description
of the Offered Certificates--Pay Out Events."

      "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction:

     o      whose numerator is the amount equal to the sum of:

            -     the Total Finance Charge Collections for that Monthly
                  Period, calculated on a cash basis plus:

                  o     the interest and other investment income earned
                        from amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding
                        Account which shall be available on the related
                        Distribution Date and

                  o     Transferor Finance Charge Collections allocated to
                        certificateholders with respect to each business
                        day in that Monthly Period minus the total Investor
                        Default Amount for that Monthly Period, and

     o      whose denominator is the sum of:

            -     the average daily Invested Amount during that Monthly
                  Period, and

            -     the average daily amount on deposit the Principal Funding
                  Account during that Monthly Period.

      "PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account held for the
benefit of certificateholders:

      o     in which Principal Collections are deposited, and

      o     from which those collections are withdrawn and distributed as
            described under "Description of the Offered
            Certificates--Application of Collections."

      "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account held for
the benefit of the Class A certificateholders in which collections of
Principal Receivables allocated to the Class A certificateholders are
accumulated during the Accumulation Period as described under "Description
of the Offered Certificates--Principal Funding Account."

      "REALLOCATED CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means for each Monthly
Period, collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Class B
certificates for that Monthly Period in an amount not to exceed the greater
of:

      o     the Class B Invested Amount, and

      o     the amount applied to fund the Class A Required Amount, if any.

      "REALLOCATED CLASS C PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means for each Monthly
Period, collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Class C
certificates for that Monthly Period in an amount not to exceed the greater
of:

      o      the Class C Invested Amount, and

      o     the amount applied to fund the Class A Required Amount and the
            Class B Required Amount, if any.

      "REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" equals the sum of Reallocated
Class B Principal Collections and Reallocated Class C Principal
Collections.

      "RECORD DATE" means the last business day of the Monthly Period
preceding a Distribution Date which is the day a certificateholders must be
the registered holder of a certificate to receive a payment on that
Distribution Date.

      "REQUIRED AMOUNT" means for any Monthly Period, the amount by which:

      o     the sum of:

            -     Monthly Interest and Carryover Interest,

            -     Monthly Servicing Fee,

            -     the Investor Default Amount, and

            -     unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs and unreimbursed
                  Reallocated Principal Collections, exceeds

      o     the Available Series Finance Charge Collections.

      "SERIES 2000-__ ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means on any date of
determination, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      o     whose numerator is the Series Invested Amount, and

      o     whose denominator is the sum of the invested amounts, or
            adjusted invested amounts, as applicable, of all then
            outstanding series.

      "SERIES 2000-__ SUPPLEMENT" means the supplement to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement relating to the Series 2000-__ certificates.

      "SERIES 2000-__ TERMINATION DATE" means the ______ Distribution Date

      "SERIES DISCOUNT FACTOR" means for any series and any business day,
the amount for that series, if any, calculated as of the second preceding
Monthly Period, by which either:

      o     the product of:

            -     the Base Rate plus one-half of one percent minus the Net
                  Finance Charge Portfolio Yield divided by the Annual
                  Portfolio Turnover Rate and the Floating Allocation
                  Percentage exceeds zero, or,

      o     solely at the option of the transferor, the amount by which:

            -     the product of (1) the Base Rate plus one percent minus
                  the Net Finance Charge Portfolio Yield divided by the
                  Annual Portfolio Turnover Rate and (2) the Floating
                  Allocation Percentage exceeds zero;

provided, however, that the Series Discount Factor will never exceed 4%.

      "SERIES INVESTED AMOUNT" means for any date, an amount equal to the
sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount
and the Class C Invested Amount on that date.

      "SPECIAL PAYMENT DATE" means each Distribution Date following:

      o     the Monthly Period in which a Pay Out Event occurs, and

      o     the Class A Expected Final Payment Date.

      "TOTAL FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to a series
and any business day, the sum of:

      o     on any day before a Pay Out Event occurs, the product of the
            Floating Allocation Percentage for that series and the amount
            of Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection
            Account for that business day or

      o     on and after a Pay Out Event occurs, the product of the
            Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage for that series and the
            amount of Finance Charge Collections for that business day,
            plus,


      o     on and after the occurrence of and during the continuance of a
            Discount Trigger Event:


            -     the lesser of:

                  o     the sum of (1) the product of the Discount
                        Allocation Percentage for that series and the
                        Discount Amount for that business day and (2) the
                        Carryover Discount Amount for that series for that
                        business day, and

                  o     the product of, during the Revolving Period, the
                        Floating Allocation Percentage for that series and,
                        during the Accumulation Period or Early
                        Amortization Period, the Fixed/Floating Allocation
                        Percentage for that series and the amount of
                        Principal Collections deposited in the Collection
                        Account for that business day.

      "TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means with respect to Series
2000-__, the amount of Finance Charge Collections otherwise allocable to
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate equal to the least of:

      o     the Required Amount,

      o     the product of the Transferor Percentage, the Finance Charge
            Collections, and the Series 2000-__ Allocation Percentage, and

      o     the Negative Carry Amount.

      "TRANSFEROR SUBORDINATION AMOUNT" means with respect to the Series
2000-___ certificates, [ ], less the aggregate amount of collections
allocated to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or any
portion of the Transferor Interest previously applied to cover any
deficiency in the amount otherwise available, on and after the Class B
Principal Payment Commencement Date:

      o     to pay accrued and unpaid interest to the Class B
            certificateholders, and

      o     to cover any Investor Default Amounts and Class B Investor
            Charge-Offs.






==============================================================================



                             Prospectus Supplement


                        PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST


                                SERIES 2000-__

                                [$------------]
                                    [---%]
                                    CLASS A
                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
                                  [$-------]
                                    [----%]
                                    CLASS B
                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES


                         PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                  Transferor


                                   FDS BANK
                                   Servicer


      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

      We are not offering these certificates in any state where the offer
is not permitted.


      Dealers will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus when
acting as underwriters of these certificates and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, all dealers selling these
certificates will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus until
________ ___, 20 .


==============================================================================



[Flag]
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We
cannot sell these securities until the registration statement filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not
an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy
these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER __, 2000
Prospectus


                       PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                                   Issuer

                       PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                 Transferor

                                  FDS BANK
                                  Servicer

           ASSET BACKED SECURITIES

A security is not a deposit and neither the securities nor the underlying
accounts or receivables are insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other
governmental agency.

The securities will represent an interest in the trusts only and do not
represent interests in or recourse obligations of Federated Department
Stores, Inc., FDS Bank, Prime Receivables Corporation or any of their
affiliates.

This prospectus may be used to offer and sell any series of securities only
if accompanied by the prospectus supplement for that series.

THE TRUST--

o     may periodically issue asset backed certificates in one or more
      series with one or more classes, and

o    will own--
     o   receivables in a portfolio of consumer open end credit card
         accounts,
     o   payments due on those receivables, and

     o   other property described in this prospectus and in the prospectus
         supplement.

THE SECURITIES--

o    will represent interests in the trust and will be paid only from the
     assets of the trust,

o    offered by this prospectus will be rated in one of the four highest
     rating categories by at least one nationally recognized statistical
     rating organization,

o    may have one or more forms of enhancement, and

o    will be issued as part of a series which may include one or more
     classes of securities and enhancement.

THE SECURITYHOLDERS--

o    will receive interest and principal payments from a varying percentage
     of credit card account collections.


     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
PASSED ON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURES IN THIS PROSPECTUS
AND THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                The date of this Prospectus is _______, 2000




                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                           Page


OVERVIEW OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS
     PROSPECTUS AND THE PROSPECTUS
     SUPPLEMENT...............................................................4

THE PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST............................................5

FEDERATED DEPARTMENT STORES, INC..............................................5

FDS BANK......................................................................6

PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION.................................................6

FEDERATED'S CREDIT CARD BUSINESS..............................................6
     Credit Card Business.....................................................6
     FDS' Underwriting Processes and
        Account Origination...................................................7
     Servicing of Accounts....................................................8
     Delinquency and Collections
        Procedures for FDS Credit Cards.......................................9

THE RECEIVABLES..............................................................10
     Addition of Accounts....................................................10
     Removal of Accounts.....................................................11
     Additional Information in the
        Prospectus Supplement................................................11

MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS......................................................12

DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES..............................................13
     Form of Your Certificates...............................................14
     DTC.....................................................................15
     Clearstream.............................................................16
     Euroclear...............................................................17
     Book-Entry Registration.................................................18
     Definitive Certificates.................................................21
     Initial Settlement......................................................22
     Secondary Market Trading................................................22
     Investor Percentage.....................................................25
     Interest................................................................26
     Principal...............................................................27
     The Exchangeable Transferor
        Certificate..........................................................27
     New Issuances...........................................................27
     Trust Accounts..........................................................29
     Deposits in Collection Account..........................................30
     Sharing of Excess Finance Charge
        Collections .........................................................31
     Shared Principal Collections............................................32
     Excess Funding Account..................................................32
     Paired Series...........................................................33
     Funding Period..........................................................33
     Defaulted Receivables...................................................34
     Dilution................................................................34
     Pay Out Event...........................................................34
     Reports to Certificateholders...........................................35
     List of Certificateholders..............................................36

ENHANCEMENT..................................................................36
     Specific Forms of Enhancement...........................................38

THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT..........................................41
     Conveyance of Receivables...............................................41
     Addition of Trust Assets................................................41
     Removal of Accounts.....................................................43
     Representations and Warranties..........................................44
     Certain Covenants.......................................................47
     Eligible Accounts; Eligible
        Receivables..........................................................48
     Collection and Other Servicing
        Procedures...........................................................49
     Servicing Compensation and Payment
        of Expenses..........................................................50
     Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer..................................51
     Servicer Default .......................................................52
     Evidence as to Compliance...............................................53
     Amendments..............................................................54
     Trustee.................................................................55
     Termination of the Trust................................................55

THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT...........................................56
     Representations and Warranties..........................................56
     Covenants...............................................................58
     Termination.............................................................60

SECURITY RATINGS.............................................................60

LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES.............................................61
     Transfer of Receivables.................................................61
     Matters Relating to Bankruptcy or
        Receivership.........................................................62
     Consumer Protection Laws................................................64
     Claims and Defenses of Cardholders
        Against the Trust....................................................66

TAX MATTERS..................................................................68
     Tax Characterization of the Trust.......................................69
     Tax Considerations Relating to
        Certificateholders...................................................70
     Non-U.S. Certificate Owners.............................................73
     Information Reporting and Backup
        Withholding..........................................................75
     State and Local Taxation................................................76

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERATIONS.........................................78
     Regulation Under ERISA and the Tax
        Code.................................................................78
     Final Regulation Issued by the DOL......................................78
     Exemptions to Prohibited Transactions...................................79
     Special Considerations for Insurance
        Companies............................................................80
     General Investment Considerations.......................................80

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR THE OFFERED
     CERTIFICATES............................................................81

LEGAL MATTERS................................................................82

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS................................................82

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION..........................................82

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS.............................................84




               OVERVIEW OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS
                       AND THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

        We provide information to you about the securities in two separate
documents that progressively provide more detail: (1) this prospectus,
which provides general information, some of which may not apply to a
particular series of securities, including your series, and (2) the
prospectus supplement, which will describe the specific terms of your
series of securities, including:

       o       the timing and amount of interest and principal payments;
       o       information about the receivables;
       o       information about enhancement for each offered class;
       o       credit ratings; and
       o       the method for selling the securities.

        You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus
and the prospectus supplement, including the information incorporated by
reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different
information.

        We include cross-references in this prospectus and in the
prospectus supplement to captions in these materials where you can find
further related discussions. The preceding table of contents and the table
of contents included in the prospectus supplement provide the pages these
on which captions are located.

        You can find a glossary of the defined terms that appear in this
document in boldface type under the caption "Glossary of Terms for
Prospectus" beginning on page 84 in this prospectus.




                     THE PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST

        The Prime Credit Card Master Trust was formed when PRC, as the
transferor of the receivables, FDS, as the servicer and originator of the
receivables, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as trustee, entered into the
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT is
governed by the laws of the State of NEW YORK. The trust was formed to
issue certificates representing interests in a pool of credit card
receivables held by the trust. Certificates issued by the trust will be
issued in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined at the time of
sale as described in the attached prospectus supplement.

        The trust will only engage in the following business activities:


       o       acquiring and holding receivables,

       o       issuing series of certificates and an EXCHANGEABLE
               TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE,

       o       making payments on these certificates,

       o       obtaining any credit enhancement or entering into any
               enhancement contract necessary to issue certificates, and

       o       engaging in related activities.

        Because of the restricted nature of its activities, we do not
expect that the claims against the trust will ever exceed the value of its
assets.


                     FEDERATED DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.

        Federated Department Stores, Inc. or FEDERATED is one of the
leading operators of full-line department stores in the United States. In
general, each of FEDERATED'S retail operating divisions is a separate
subsidiary of FEDERATED. However, the Macy's West division comprises three
separate subsidiaries of FEDERATED. Further realignment of the operations,
corporate structure, and/or assets of FEDERATED'S subsidiaries may be
effected from time to time, and the names under which the stores or
businesses included in or conducted through the FEDERATED STORES,
Bloomingdale's By Mail, Fingerhut, Macy's By Mail, macys.com and
bloomingdales.com are operated may be changed from time to time.

        FEDERATED has advised PRC that FEDERATED believes the department
store business will continue to consolidate, and that it intends from time
to time to consider the possible acquisition of department store assets and
companies. In the event any acquisitions are consummated, subject to
compliance with the applicable provisions of the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT, PRC may, but will not be obligated to, designate those accounts
as AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS and cause the receivables therein to be
transferred to the trust.




                                  FDS BANK

        FDS Bank or FDS received its charter on September 8, 1993. As of
July 3, 2000, FDS was converted to a federally chartered savings bank and
is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift
Supervision. FDS is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of FEDERATED. Under
an assumption agreement dated September 15, 1993, FDS replaced FEDERATED as
servicer under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. Following its formation
in September 1993, FDS was added as a party to the PURCHASE AGREEMENT and
FEDERATED caused substantially all its then existing accounts to be
transferred to FDS. Currently, FDS is the owner of substantially all of the
ACCOUNTS, although the other ORIGINATORS may from time to time establish
ACCOUNTS and sell the receivables arising in those ACCOUNTS to PRC for
transfer to the trust under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. The
principal executive offices of FDS are located at 9111 Duke Boulevard,
Mason, Ohio 45040-8999. The telephone number is (513) 573-2265.


                       PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

               Prime Receivables Corporation or PRC was incorporated in
Delaware on September 23, 1992, and is a wholly owned subsidiary of
FEDERATED. PRC was organized for the limited purpose of purchasing the
receivables in the ACCOUNTS and any AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS or
SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS from the ORIGINATORS, forming trusts such as the
Prime Credit Card Master Trust, and transferring the receivables to those
trusts, causing those trusts to issue securities from time to time. The
principal executive offices of PRC are located at 7 West Seventh Street,
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. Its telephone number is (513) 579-7580.


                      FEDERATED'S CREDIT CARD BUSINESS

CREDIT CARD BUSINESS

               Pursuant to the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, the ORIGINATORS sell
receivables arising in the Accounts to PRC; those receivables are
automatically transferred by PRC to the trust under the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT. The ACCOUNTS are created by the respective ORIGINATORS
and enable the holders of the credit cards issued by the ORIGINATORS under
department store tradenames to purchase various types of merchandise and
services offered by the FEDERATED STORES. Cards bearing the Bloomingdale's
tradename may be used to purchase merchandise from Bloomingdale's By Mail,
one of FEDERATED'S nationwide catalog businesses and bloomingdales.com, one
of FEDERATED'S retail websites. Cards bearing the Goldsmith's or Rich's
tradename may be used to purchase merchandise at both Goldsmith's and
Rich's stores. FEDERATED has partnered with the WeddingChannel.com through
an equity position. Customers can make merchandise purchases on
WeddingChannel.com from the FEDERATED STORES. All other FEDERATED CARDS may
be used only to make purchases at stores bearing the same nameplate as the
tradename on the card.

        FACS Group, a subsidiary of FEDERATED located in Mason, Ohio,
Tampa, Florida, and Tempe, Arizona, provides credit services for FDS
pursuant to a servicing agreement. These services currently include credit
authorizations, new account development and processing, customer service,
collections, statement processing and mailing, and remittance processing.
FACS Group may from time to time subcontract with other parties for the
performance of those functions by those other parties.

        In addition to the FEDERATED STORES, which include a limited number
of Macy's stores which were formerly operated under other nameplates, and
Bloomingdale's By Mail, subsidiaries of FEDERATED currently operate other
department stores under the name "Macy's", and other businesses under the
names of Macy's By Mail and macys.com. Cards bearing the Macy's tradename
may be used to purchase merchandise from Macy's By Mail and macys.com.
Under the Macy's Credit Card Program, established by Macy's prior to
FEDERATED'S acquisition of Macy's in December 1994, a third-party financial
institution owns and establishes a majority of the revolving credit card
accounts of customers of those other stores. The initial term of the Macy's
Credit Card Program expires in 2006, and is subject to automatic one-year
renewal periods and certain termination rights. The receivables arising in
accounts subject to the Macy's Credit Card Program are not currently (and,
absent modifications to that program, will not be) purchased by the
transferor or transferred to the trust.

FDS' UNDERWRITING PROCESSES AND ACCOUNT ORIGINATION

        CREATION OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

        Account balances are created through the use of the FEDERATED CARDS
to charge purchases of merchandise and services from the FEDERATED STORES,
Bloomingdale's By Mail, Macy's By Mail, bloomingdales.com and macys.com and
other services such as credit life insurance and travel services.
Maintenance of account balances in the trust consistent with historical
levels will depend on the continued ability of the FEDERATED STORES,
Bloomingdale's By Mail, Macy's By Mail, bloomingdales.com and macys.com to
generate credit sales. In addition, because the FEDERATED STORES,
Bloomingdale's By Mail, Macy's By Mail, bloomingdales.com and macys.com
accept, in addition to the FEDERATED CARDS, other cards, including American
Express charge cards and MasterCard, Visa and JCB credit cards and, in the
case of FEDERATED STORES operated under the "Macy's" nameplate, Macy's
cards issued by a third-party financial institution, Maintenance of account
balance levels in the trust also will depend upon decisions of customers
purchasing merchandise and services to use the FEDERATED CARDS rather than
other cards or cash.

        FEDERATED CARDS may be used to make both major purchase plan
charges and regular plan charges. Major purchase plan charges are charges
of certain categories of merchandise, including furniture and fine jewelry,
generally over $100.00 per purchase. Regular plan charges consist of all
other charges except for charges to a small number of accounts opened under
a discontinued credit program under which the entire outstanding balance is
due monthly.

        The regular plan payment schedule is the greater of $5.00 or 2.50%
of the new balance rounded up to the next whole dollar amount, not to
exceed the entire new balance.

        The following payments schedule is typical for major purchase plan
charges under the ACCOUNTS:

                        MAJOR PURCHASE PLAN CHARGES

       HIGHEST NEW BALANCE             MINIMUM PAYMENT
      $  0.01        -         4.99     New Balance
      $  5.00        -          200     $ 5.00
      $  200.01 and over                2.50%


        Minimum payment is subject to increase for new purchases but not
subject to decrease.

        FDS periodically offers promotional incentives to solicit new
accounts and to encourage the use of previously issued FEDERATED CARDS,
including the waiver of finance charges for a specified initial period
typically ranging from three to twelve months on major purchase plan
charges made during the course of the promotion.

        Balances due with respect to both regular plan charges and major
purchase plan charges are and will be included in the receivables.
FEDERATED may change the terms applicable to, or may eliminate, either
category of charges at any time.

        New accounts are generated both:

        o  by account applications made at the stores currently operated by
           the ORIGINATORS under the names "Bloomingdale's," "Burdines,"
           "Goldsmith's," "Lazarus," "Rich's," "Stern's," "The Bon Marche,"
           and, in the case of those stores formerly operated under other
           nameplates, "Macy's",

        o  by account applications made over the telephone to
           Bloomingdale's By Mail and Macy's By Mail or on the internet at
           macys.com and bloomingdales.com, and

        o  as a result of direct mail solicitations on a preapproved credit
           basis to a prescreened group of individuals based on information
           obtained from credit services and other entities in the business
           of selling customer lists.

Currently, FDS does not use non-prescreened or "blind" mailings to solicit
new accounts. Before an account is opened in response to an unsolicited
application, the prospective cardholder's application is reviewed for
completeness and creditworthiness. A credit report issued by an independent
credit reporting agency is generally obtained. In the case of prescreened
mailings, consumer credit records are reviewed by the credit reporting
agency maintaining those records to identify the individuals that meet the
standards for receiving a preapproved account solicitation.

        Prospective cardholders, whether unsolicited or preapproved,
generally are evaluated through the use of computerized credit scoring
systems. These systems assign point values to the credit bureau information
of potential preapproved solicitation recipients or the application
information and credit bureau records of unsolicited applicants. Point
values, in turn, are based on statistical analyses of empirical data
concerning the performance of sample populations of applicants in various
geographic regions served by the ORIGINATORS. The total of the values
obtained for a prospective cardholder determines both the decision whether
to offer or open an account and the initial credit guideline. FDS has also
found that it can open accounts for applicants for whom no credit service
information is available at a level of risk deemed acceptable by FDS by
independently verifying the information contained in the application and
establishing low initial credit guidelines. FDS may change its credit
evaluation policies or screening methods at any time.

        Each cardholder is subject to an agreement governing the terms and
conditions of that cardholder's account. Under each agreement, FDS reserves
the right, subject to applicable law, to change or terminate any terms,
conditions, services, or features of the related account, including
increasing or decreasing finance charges, other charges, or minimum
payments. Credit guidelines are maintained by FDS and are revised upward or
downward based on changes in credit scoring formulas and on cardholders'
purchase and payment histories. Each charge to an account is entered and
approved at the time the charge is made through direct communication with
the central processing system maintained by FACS for the purpose of
monitoring credit guidelines and possible fraudulent activity.


SERVICING OF ACCOUNTS

        The accounts are grouped into billing cycles for purposes of
administrative convenience for each FEDERATED subsidiary. Each billing
cycle has a separate monthly billing date (which may vary slightly from
month to month) at which time the activity in the related accounts during
the month ending on that billing date is processed and billed to
cardholders. New accounts are assigned to billing cycles in a manner which
is intended, for purposes of administrative convenience, to equalize the
number of accounts in the billing cycles.

        Monthly billing statements are sent to holders of the FEDERATED
CARDS who have positive or negative balances. The billing statements
present the total amount due and show the allocation between principal,
current fees, current finance charges, scheduled due date and the minimum
payment due. Subject to applicable law, late fees and returned check fees
are also added to a cardholder's outstanding balance. No issuance, annual,
over credit limit, or transaction fees are currently charged to obligors on
the ACCOUNTS. FDS may change its billing practices, including the minimum
monthly payment amounts, at any time. For a description of the servicing
procedures, see "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement-Collection and Other
Servicing Procedures."

        A monthly finance charge is assessed on the ACCOUNTS. The charge is
based on the average daily balance outstanding on an ACCOUNT during a
monthly billing period and is calculated by multiplying the average daily
balance by the applicable finance charge rate. Current purchase
transactions are included in the average daily balance where permitted by
applicable law. Finance charges are assessed from date of purchase,
although a grace period is available to avoid the finance charge if the
account is paid in full. Payments by obligors generally are applied in the
following order (pursuant to applicable law): (i) to finance charges, (ii)
to other charges or fees, and (iii) to the unpaid principal balance of
purchases allocated first to the longest outstanding receivable. The annual
finance charge rate is 21.6% per annum, generally subject (where permitted)
to a minimum monthly charge of $0.50, except where a lower rate is
established by law and in those states in which a lower rate is chosen by
FDS in consultation with the applicable FEDERATED subsidiary for
competitive reasons. Under the terms of the account agreements governing
the ACCOUNTS, FDS may change its finance charge rates at any time. There
can be no assurance that finance charges, fees, and other charges will
remain at current levels in the future. For discussions of the factors
possibly affecting finance charges, fees and other charges and,
accordingly, the amount of collections on receivables and payments on your
certificates, see "Risk Factors," "Trust Credit Card
Portfolio--Characteristics of the Trust Portfolio" and "Legal Aspects of
the Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws" in the attached prospectus and
"The Receivables", "Maturity Considerations" and "The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Addition of Trust Assets" in this prospectus supplement.

DELINQUENCY AND COLLECTIONS PROCEDURES FOR FDS CREDIT CARDS

        All of the receivables in a particular ACCOUNT are considered to
become delinquent immediately upon the failure of any payment due thereon
to be made in full on or prior to the date due. Efforts to collect
delinquent credit card receivables are made by FACS personnel and
collection agencies and attorneys retained by FACS. Under current
procedures, FACS automatically prints a statement message on all customer
statements after a scheduled payment has been missed. If payment has not
been received by 14 days after the billing date, a reminder letter is sent
to the cardholder. If payment still has not been received by the next
billing date, the account is eligible for assignment to a FACS collector,
who may send additional letters and initiate telephone contact with the
cardholder in an effort to make payment arrangements. The current policy of
the ORIGINATORS is generally to recognize losses no later than the eighth
month of delinquency (or, in the case of certain major purchase plan
accounts, no later than the ninth month of delinquency), although
charge-offs may be made earlier in certain circumstances. The ORIGINATORS
may change their charge-off policies and collection practices at any time
in accordance with their business judgment and applicable law. Under the
terms of the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, any Recoveries received in
respect of receivables in charged-off Accounts, net of the estimated
expenses of collection, will be paid to the trust.


                              THE RECEIVABLES

        The receivables in the trust include PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES and
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES. These receivables are generated from eligible
accounts selected by FDS from the FEDERATED portfolio to be conveyed to the
trust.

ADDITION OF ACCOUNTS

        FDS has sold to PRC and PRC has transferred to the trust, all
receivables existing in each initial account on the CUT-OFF DATE. Each
company has also agreed to sell or transfer receivables existing in any
AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT on the date of its creation and receivables
generated in the initial accounts and the AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
after these dates.

        PRC also has the right, and in some cases the obligation, to assign
additional accounts to the trust. All receivables in these SUPPLEMENTAL
ACCOUNTS are then conveyed to the trust, whether these receivables already
exist or are later created.

        Under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, FDS has the obligation to sell
receivables to PRC to allow PRC to satisfy its obligations and to exercise
its options under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. The accounts must
meet eligibility requirements, as specified in the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT, as of the date PRC designates that receivables in those accounts
will be included in the trust. According to the eligibility requirements,
FDS will represent and warrant to PRC and PRC will represent and warrant to
the trust that:

        o  the account has not been, and does not have:

         -       any receivables that have been sold, pledged or assigned
                 to any person except according to the POOLING AND
                 SERVICING AGREEMENT,

         -       any receivables that are charged off receivables, and

         -       any receivables identified as having been incurred through
                 fraudulent use of any related credit cards, and

       o for any receivable existing under these accounts, the receivable:

         -       has arisen under an eligible account,

         -       arises under a CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT and constitutes a
                 legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the
                 cardholder and

         -       at the time of transfer to the trust will be transferred
                 free and clear of any liens and security interests arising
                 through the transferor, except PERMITTED LIENS.

        There can be no assurance that all the accounts will continue to
meet the applicable eligibility requirements throughout the life of the
trust. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement -- Representations and
Warranties" for a detailed discussion.

        It is possible that ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS will not be accounts of the
same type previously included in the trust. There can be no assurance that
ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS will be of the same credit quality as the initial
accounts. ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS may contain receivables which consist of
fees, charges and amounts that are different from the fees, charges and
amounts described in this prospectus. ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS may also have
different credit limits, balances and ages. As a result, there can be no
assurance that the accounts will continue to have the characteristics
described in this prospectus as ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS are added. In addition,
the inclusion in the trust of ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS with lower periodic
finance charges or fees may have the effect of reducing the PORTFOLIO
YIELD. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Addition of Trust Assets"
and "-- Removal of Accounts" for a description of the conditions to
addition and removal of accounts.

REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS

        PRC may also designate accounts as REMOVED ACCOUNTS. The
receivables in the REMOVED ACCOUNTS will be removed from the trust and
reassigned to PRC. Throughout the term of the trust, the trust portfolio
will consist of the initial ACCOUNTS plus any ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS minus any
REMOVED ACCOUNTS. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Removal of
Accounts" for a description of the conditions to any removal of accounts.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

        The prospectus supplement for each series of certificates will
provide information about the trust portfolio. This information will
include:

        o  the composition of the ACCOUNTS by account balance,

        o  the composition of the ACCOUNT by credit guidelines,

        o  the composition of the ACCOUNTS by payment status,

        o  the composition of the ACCOUNTS by age,

        o  the composition of the ACCOUNTS by geographic distribution, and

        o  the delinquency and loss statistics relating to the accounts.


                          MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

        Following the REVOLVING PERIOD, each series of certificates is
expected to begin to accumulate principal or begin to distribute principal
to certificateholders. The attached prospectus supplement describes the
conditions under which the ACCUMULATION PERIOD or AMORTIZATION PERIOD will
begin for your class of certificates.

        Principal will accumulate in a funding account if your series
features a CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD or RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD and
one of these principal ACCUMULATION PERIODS begins. As described in the
attached prospectus supplement, during a CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD on
each business day an amount of principal, up to the amount specified, will
be set aside in the funding account. If a PAY OUT EVENT or a similar event
described in the related prospectus supplement occurs and your series
features a RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD, the full amount of principal
available to your series will be deposited in a funding account, up to the
amount specified in the related prospectus supplement. This accumulated
principal will be paid to you on the EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE for your
class of certificates, or earlier if an AMORTIZATION PERIOD begins before
your first EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE. Note that, although your series may
feature an ACCUMULATION PERIOD, your class of certificates may not make use
of it.

        Principal will be paid to you in increments, up to the amount
specified in the attached prospectus supplement, if your class of
certificates features a CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD and this period
begins. Your class of certificates might also begin to pay principal to you
if the attached prospectus supplement specifies that your class will begin
early amortization. Early amortization will begin, for all classes of your
series, when a PAY OUT EVENT occurs. Principal will be paid to you only on
a DISTRIBUTION DATE during any AMORTIZATION PERIOD.

        The prospectus supplement provides the following information about
maturity:

        o  the date any ACCUMULATION PERIOD or AMORTIZATION PERIOD is
           scheduled to begin,

        o  the principal amount of the payments expected or available for
           each period,

        o  the priority of accumulations and payments among the classes of
           each series,

        o  any PAY OUT EVENTS that may cause a RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD or
           an EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD,

        o  historical data showing payments by cardholders and total
           charge-offs, and

        o  other information about the FEDERATED portfolio.

        We can give you no assurance that principal will be available when
expected, either to accumulate or to pay you. Collection of principal may
or may not be constant from month to month or be similar to any historical
experience. Collections may be affected by seasonality, by changes in
payment habits of cardholders or by general economic conditions. A slowdown
in the payment rate may extend the expected life of your certificates if
principal is collected more slowly. This may affect your anticipated yield
to maturity. Also, the occurrence of any PAY OUT EVENT may substantially
shorten the average life of your certificates. You may find it difficult to
reinvest funds in an instrument with a comparable interest rate and
comparable risk characteristics if the certificates are paid sooner than
anticipated.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

        Following is a summary describing the material provisions common to
each series of certificates. If you are purchasing certificates, the
attached prospectus supplement describes any series-specific provisions
supplementing the information in this prospectus. Each series of
certificates will be issued through the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and
a supplement to that agreement. This prospectus and the attached prospectus
supplement do not contain all information about your certificates. For a
detailed description of the certificates, also read the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT and the SUPPLEMENT.

        The certificates offered through this prospectus and the attached
prospectus supplement will be issued in "series" consisting of one or more
"classes," which may be senior to other classes. Each series of
certificates will represent an interest in the trust distinct from the
EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE and any other series of certificates
issued by the trust. Each class of a series will evidence the right to
receive a specified portion of principal and finance charge collections on
receivables in the trust portfolio. Each class of a series may differ from
other classes in some aspects, including:

        o maturity date,

        o interest rate, and

        o availability and amount of enhancement.

Payments will be made to certificateholders in whose names the certificates
were registered on the RECORD DATES specified in the attached prospectus
supplement.

        For each series of certificates, the INVESTED AMOUNT on any date
generally will be equal to the initial INVESTED AMOUNT for that series
reduced by:

        o  the amount of principal paid to the related certificateholders,
           AND

        o  the amount of unreimbursed INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS and reallocated
           principal collections for that series.

        The INVESTED AMOUNT may further be adjusted by:

        o  the amount of principal on deposit in any specified account, and

        o  any other amount stated in the related prospectus supplement.

        Each series of certificates may consist of one or more classes, one
or more of which may be senior certificates and one or more of which may be
subordinated certificates. Each class of a series will have the right to
receive a specified portion of each distribution of principal or interest
or both. PRC currently owns the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. The
EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE represents the undivided interest in
the trust not represented by the certificates or the rights of any
enhancement providers to receive payments from the trust. The holder of the
EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE will have the right to a percentage of
all collections on the receivables in the trust.

        Certificates offered through this prospectus and the attached
prospectus supplement will be:

        o  represented by certificates registered in the name of a DTC
           nominee,

        o  available for purchase in minimum denominations and integral
           multiples of $1,000, and

        o  available for purchase in book-entry form only.

The certificates in book-entry form, in which you will hold a beneficial
interest as described under "--Book-Entry Registration," are "global
securities." The attached prospectus supplement will specify if:

        o  your series of certificates, or one or more classes of your
           series, may be issued in a different form, and

        o  your certificates have any other characteristics different from
           those listed above.

        The attached prospectus supplement may state that application will
be made to list your series or class of certificates on the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange or another exchange.

FORM OF YOUR CERTIFICATES

        The following description of the form of your certificates includes
how they are transferred and how the trust makes payments to you. One or
more of the following clearing systems performs transactions in your
certificates:

        o  The Depository Trust Company or "DTC,"

        o  Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme or "CLEARSTREAM," and

        o  the system operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
           York's Brussels, Belgium office referred to as "EUROCLEAR."

        DTC provided the information in this section concerning DTC and its
book-entry system. PRC has not independently verified the accuracy of this
information.

        DTC has informed PRC that its nominee is Cede & Co. or "Cede." Cede
is expected to be the holder of record of each class of certificates
offered under this prospectus. This means that you, as an owner of
certificates, will only be entitled to a DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATE
representing your interest in the issued certificates under specified
circumstances. Instead, you will own certificates through a book-entry
record maintained by DTC. All references in this document to:

        o  distributions, reports, notices and statements will be made to
           DTC or Cede, as the registered holder of the certificates, for
           distribution to you following DTC procedures, and

        o  actions by certificateholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon
           instructions from DTC PARTICIPANTS.

        You may hold your certificates through DTC in the U.S., CLEARSTREAM
or EUROCLEAR in Europe or in any other manner described in the attached
prospectus supplement. You may hold your certificates directly with one of
these systems if you are a participant in the system, or indirectly through
organizations which are participants. Descriptions of the clearing systems
follow.

DTC

        DTC is:

        o  a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York
           Banking Law,

        o  a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York
           Banking Law,

        o  a member of the Federal Reserve System,

        o  a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York
           Uniform Commercial Code, and

        o  a "clearing agency" registered under the Securities Exchange Act
           of 1934, as amended.

DTC performs various services for its participating organizations, referred
to as DTC PARTICIPANTS. These services include:

        o  holding securities that DTC PARTICIPANTS deposit with it, and

        o  providing a system where DTC PARTICIPANTS may clear and settle
           securities transactions, including transfers and pledges, in
           deposited securities through electronic book-entry changes in
           their accounts, so there is no physical movement of securities
           certificates.

DTC PARTICIPANTS:

        o  include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies,
           and clearing corporations, and

        o  may include other organizations, including the underwriters of
           any series of certificates issued through this document.

A number of DTC PARTICIPANTS, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the
American Stock Exchange, Inc. and the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. own DTC. Securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies and other financial organizations that clear through or maintain
a custodial relationship with a DTC PARTICIPANT, either directly or
indirectly, have indirect access to the DTC system. The rules applicable to
DTC and its DTC PARTICIPANTS are on file with the SEC.

CLEARSTREAM

        CLEARSTREAM is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a
professional depository and:

        o  holds securities for CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS,

        o  provides a system where CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS may clear and
           settle securities transactions through electronic book-entry
           changes in their accounts, so there is no physical movement of
           securities certificates,

        o  settles transactions in any of 36 currencies, including U.S.
           dollars,

        o  provides for CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS, among other services,
           safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of
           internationally traded securities and securities lending and
           borrowing, and

        o  deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries
           through established depository and custodial relationships.

CLEARSTREAM has established an electronic bridge with Morgan Guaranty's
Brussels, Belgium office, acting as EUROCLEAR operator, to facilitate
settlement of trades between CLEARSTREAM and EUROCLEAR. CLEARSTREAM
currently accepts over 110,000 securities issues on its books. As a
professional depository, CLEARSTREAM is regulated by the Luxembourg
Commission for the Supervision of the Financial Sector, which supervises
Luxembourg banks. CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS:

        o  are recognized financial institutions around the world,
           including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks,
           trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations,

        o  may include the underwriters of any series of certificates
           issued through this document, and

        o  in the U.S., are limited to securities brokers, dealers and
           banks.

Currently, CLEARSTREAM has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80
countries, including all major European countries, Canada and the United
States. Banks, brokers, dealers, trust companies and other organizations
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a CLEARSTREAM
CUSTOMER, either directly or indirectly, have indirect access to
CLEARSTREAM.

EUROCLEAR

        The EUROCLEAR system was created in 1968:

        o  to hold securities of its participating organizations, referred
           to as EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS, and

        o  to clear and settle transactions between EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS
           through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against
           payment, so there is:

           -     no need for physical movement of securities certificates,
                 and

           -     no risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities
                 and cash.

The EUROCLEAR system's various services include:

        o  settlement of transactions in any of 34 currencies, including
           U.S. dollars, and

        o  securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic
           markets in several countries similar to the arrangements for
           cross-market transfers with DTC.

The EUROCLEAR system is operated by Morgan Guaranty's Brussels, Belgium
office, acting as EUROCLEAR operator, under contract with the Euroclear
Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation, which
establishes policy for the EUROCLEAR system on behalf of EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS. EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS:

        o  include central banks and other banks, securities brokers and
           dealers and other professional financial intermediaries, and

        o  may include the underwriters of any series of certificates
           offered through this document.

Other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT, either directly or indirectly, have indirect access
to the EUROCLEAR system.

        The EUROCLEAR operator conducts all operations for EUROCLEAR, and
holds all EUROCLEAR securities clearance accounts and cash accounts. The
EUROCLEAR operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation
which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. It is regulated and
examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the
New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.

        The Terms and Conditions Governing Use of EUROCLEAR and the related
Operating Procedures of the EUROCLEAR system and applicable Belgian law
govern:

        o  securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the
           EUROCLEAR operator,

        o  transfers of securities and cash within the EUROCLEAR system,

        o  withdrawal of securities and cash from the EUROCLEAR system, and

        o  receipts of payments for securities in the EUROCLEAR system.

The EUROCLEAR system holds all securities (1) on a fungible basis and (2)
without knowledge of the actual owners holding through EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS and to whose accounts the securities are credited. The
EUROCLEAR operator acts under these terms and conditions only on behalf of
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

        Cede, as DTC's nominee, holds the global securities. CLEARSTREAM
will hold omnibus positions on behalf of CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS, while
EUROCLEAR will do the same on behalf of EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS, through
customers' securities accounts in CLEARSTREAM'S and EUROCLEAR'S names on
the books of each of their depositaries. These depositaries will, in turn,
hold these positions in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries'
names on DTC's books.

        Transfers between:

        o  DTC PARTICIPANTS occur under the DTC rules, and

        o  CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS and EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS occur in the
           ordinary way under their applicable rules and operating
           procedures.

Cross-market transfers occur through DTC, under its rules, on behalf of
CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR by each of their depositaries, whether between
persons holding securities directly or indirectly:

        o  through DTC, on the one hand, and

        o  through CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS, on the
           other hand.

However, these cross-market transactions will require delivery of
instructions to CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR by the counterparty in its system
under either clearing system's rules and procedures, and within its
established European time deadlines. CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its
depositary to take action to accomplish final settlement on its behalf by:

        o  delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and

        o  making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day
           funds settlement applicable to DTC.

CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS and EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS may not deliver
instructions directly to the depositaries.

        Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in
CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR due to a transaction with a DTC PARTICIPANT will
be made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the
business day following the DTC settlement date. These credits or any other
transactions in the securities settled during that processing will be
reported to the relevant CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS on
that day. Cash received in CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR because of sales of
securities by or through a CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER or a EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT:

        o  will be received with value on the DTC settlement date, and

        o  will only be available in the relevant CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR
           cash account only as of the business day following settlement in
           DTC.

        Your purchases of certificates under the DTC system must be made by
or through DTC PARTICIPANTS, which will receive a credit for the
certificates on DTC's records. Your ownership interest is, in turn,
recorded on the DTC PARTICIPANTS' and indirect participants' records. You
will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but you
can expect to receive written confirmation providing details of the
transaction, as well as periodic statements of your holdings, from the DTC
PARTICIPANT or indirect participant through which you entered into the
transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the certificates are
accomplished by entries made on the books of DTC PARTICIPANTS acting on
behalf of you and other certificateholders. You will not receive
certificates representing your ownership interest in the certificates
offered through this document, unless use of the book-entry system for
these certificates has ended.

        DTC registers all certificates deposited with it by DTC
PARTICIPANTS in the name of its nominee, Cede, to make all later transfers
of certificates easier. The deposit of certificates with DTC and their
registration in the name of Cede will not change beneficial ownership of
the certificates. DTC has no knowledge of the actual owners of the
certificates; its records reflect only the identity of the DTC PARTICIPANTS
to whose accounts the certificates are credited, which may or may not be
the actual certificate owners. DTC PARTICIPANTS remain responsible for
keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

        Conveyance of notices and other communications by:

        o  DTC to DTC PARTICIPANTS,

        o  DTC PARTICIPANTS to indirect participants, and

        o  DTC PARTICIPANTS and indirect participants to
           certificateholders,

will be governed by arrangements among them, under any applicable statutory
or regulatory requirements.

        Neither DTC nor Cede will consent or vote on these certificates.
Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to PRC as soon as
possible after the record date. In this way, DTC assigns Cede's consenting
or voting rights to those DTC PARTICIPANTS to whose accounts these
certificates are credited on the relevant record date.

        For each DISTRIBUTION DATE:

        o  the trustee makes principal and interest payments on the
           certificates to DTC, and

        o  DTC credits each of those payments to DTC PARTICIPANTS' accounts
           on that date according to each of the participants' holdings
           shown on DTC's records unless DTC has reason to believe that it
           will not receive payment on that date.

Payments by any DTC PARTICIPANT to certificateholders will be:

        o  governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is
           the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in
           bearer form or registered in "street name," and

        o  the responsibility of that DTC PARTICIPANT and not of DTC, the
           trustee or PRC, under any applicable statutory or regulatory
           requirements.

The responsibility for:

        o  payment of principal and interest to DTC belongs to the trustee,

        o  disbursement of these payments to DTC PARTICIPANTS belongs to
           DTC, and

        o  disbursement of these payments to certificateholders belongs to
           DTC PARTICIPANTS and indirect participants.

        DTC may stop providing its services as securities depository for
these certificates at any time by giving reasonable notice to PRC or the
trustee. If this occurs and if a successor securities depository is not
obtained, DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES will be printed and delivered. PRC may
decide to end use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC or a
successor securities depository. If so, DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES will be
delivered to each certificateholder. See "--Definitive Certificates" for a
description of the circumstances under which the trust will issue
Definitive Certificates to you.

        CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR will credit distributions on certificates
held through it to the cash accounts of CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS under its rules and procedures, to the extent received by its
depositary. These distributions will require tax reporting under relevant
U.S. tax laws and regulations as described under "Tax Matters." CLEARSTREAM
or the EUROCLEAR operator will take any other action permitted to be taken
by a certificateholder under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT on behalf
of a CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT:

        o  only under its relevant rules and procedures, and

        o  to the extent its depositary can carry out those actions on its
           behalf through DTC.

        Although DTC, CLEARSTREAM and EUROCLEAR have agreed to the
procedures above to provide a system that makes transfers of certificates
among their participants or customers easier:

        o  they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform
           these procedures, and

        o  they may stop these procedures at any time.

DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES

        The certificates offered through this prospectus will be initially
issued in book-entry form. DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES in fully registered,
certificated form will not be issued to any party except DTC or its nominee
unless:

        o  PRC advises the trustee in writing:

           -     that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge
                 properly its responsibilities as depository for this
                 series of certificates, and the trustee or PRC is unable
                 to locate a qualified successor,

           -     that it chooses to end the book-entry system through DTC,
                 or

        o  after a SERVICER DEFAULT occurs:

           -     certificateholders representing (1) not less than 50% or
                 (2) another percentage specified in the attached
                 prospectus supplement of the total unpaid principal amount
                 of the certificates advise the trustee and DTC through DTC
                 PARTICIPANTS in writing that the continuation of a book-
                 entry system through DTC or its successor is no longer in
                 the best interests of the certificateholders.

        If any of these events occurs, DTC must notify all DTC PARTICIPANTS
of the availability through DTC of DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES. Once DTC gives
the definitive certificate representing these certificates and instructions
for re-registration to the trustee:

        o  the trustee will issue the certificates as DEFINITIVE
           CERTIFICATES, and

        o  afterwards, the trustee will recognize the holders of these
           DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES as holders under the POOLING AND
           SERVICING AGREEMENT.

The trustee then makes payments:

        o  directly to holders of DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES under the
           procedures provided in this prospectus and in the POOLING AND
           SERVICING AGREEMENT, and

        o  on each DISTRIBUTION DATE, to holders in whose names the
           DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES were registered at the close of business
           on the related RECORD DATE.

        If you own DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES, payments will be made by check
and mailed to you at an address maintained by the trustee.

        The final payment will be made only when a certificate is presented
and surrendered at the office or agency specified in the notice of final
distribution to certificateholders, whether it is:

        o  a DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATE, or

        o  a certificate registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.

The trustee will provide this notice to registered certificateholders no
later than the fifth day of the month in which the final distribution will
occur.

        DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES will be transferable and exchangeable at
the office of the transfer agent and registrar, which shall initially be
the trustee. The transfer agent and registrar will impose no service charge
but may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange.
The transfer agent and registrar shall not be required to register the
transfer or exchange of DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES for a period of fifteen
days preceding the due date for any payment on the DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

        Each class of certificates offered under this prospectus and the
attached prospectus supplement will be held in book-entry form by DTC in
the name of its nominee, Cede. Investors' interests in the certificates
will be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf
as direct and indirect participants in DTC. As a result, CLEARSTREAM and
EUROCLEAR will hold positions on behalf of their customers or participants
through their respective depositaries, which will hold positions in
accounts as DTC PARTICIPANTS.

        Custody accounts of investors who elect to hold certificates
through DTC will be credited with their holdings against payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

        Investors who elect to hold certificates through CLEARSTREAM or
EUROCLEAR accounts will follow the settlement procedures that apply to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global
security and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Certificates will be
credited to the securities custody accounts on the settlement date against
payment in same-day funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

        Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between
investors holding certificates through DTC will be conducted according to
the rules and procedures for U.S. corporate debt obligations. Secondary
market trading between DTC PARTICIPANTS will be settled in same-day funds.

        Trading between Clearstream Customers and/or Euroclear
Participants. Secondary market trading between investors holding
certificates through CLEARSTREAM and EUROCLEAR will be conducted in the
ordinary way under:

        o  their normal rules and operating procedures, and

        o  conventional eurobond practice, which means a seven calendar day
           settlement.

Secondary market trading between CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANTS will be settled using the procedures for conventional
eurobonds in same-day funds.

        Trading between DTC seller and Clearstream or Euroclear purchaser.
Transfers of certificates from the account of a DTC PARTICIPANT to the
account of a CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER or a EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT usually occur
as follows:

        the purchaser sends instructions to CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR
through that customer or participant at least one business day before
settlement,

        o  CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR instructs its depositary to receive the
           securities against payment, which includes interest accrued on
           the securities from and including the last coupon payment date
           to and excluding the settlement date,

        o  that depositary credits payments to the DTC PARTICIPANT'S
           account against delivery of the securities, and

        o  after settlement has been completed, the depositary credits
           securities to the relevant clearing system, which, in turn,
           under its usual procedures, credits those securities to that
           customer's or participant's account.

The securities credit will appear the next day, European time, and the cash
debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the securities will
accrue from, the value date--which would be the preceding day when
settlement occurred in New York. If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date, which means the trade fails, the CLEARSTREAM or
EUROCLEAR cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement
date.

        CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS will need to make
available to each of their clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to
pre-position funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing
lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within
CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR. Under this approach, they may take on credit
exposure to CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR until the securities are credited to
their accounts one day later.

        As an alternative, if CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR has extended a line
of credit to them, CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS can
elect not to pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon
to finance settlement. Under this procedure, CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS or
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS purchasing securities would incur overdraft charges
for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the securities were
credited to their accounts. However, interest on the securities would
accrue from the value date. So, the investment income on the securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the
amount of the overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each
CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER'S or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT'S particular cost of funds.

        Since the settlement is taking place during New York business
hours, DTC PARTICIPANTS can use their usual procedures for sending
securities to their depositaries for the benefit of CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS
or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC
seller on the settlement date. In this way, to the DTC PARTICIPANT a
cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between
two DTC PARTICIPANTS.

        Trading between Clearstream or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser.
Due to time zone differences in their favor, CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS and
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS may use their customary procedures for transfers of
securities by a clearing system, through its depositary, to a DTC
Participant. Trading usually occurs as follows:

        o  the seller sends instructions to CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR
           through a CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT at least
           one business day before settlement,

        o  CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR instructs its depositary to deliver the
           bonds to the DTC PARTICIPANT'S account against payment, which
           includes interest accrued on the securities from and including
           the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement
           date, and

        o  the payment is reflected in the account of that customer or
           participant the next day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in
           that customer's or participant's account is back-valued to the
           value date--the preceding day when settlement occurred in New
           York.

Should the CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT have a line of
credit with its clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation of
receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will cancel
out any overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date, which means the trade fails,
receipt of the cash proceeds in the CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER'S or EUROCLEAR
PARTICIPANT'S account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement
date. Finally, day traders that use CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR and that
purchase securities from DTC PARTICIPANTS for delivery to CLEARSTREAM
CUSTOMERS or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS should note that these trades would
automatically fail on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken.
At least three techniques should be readily available to eliminate this
potential problem:

        o  borrowing through CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR for one day--until
           the purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their
           CLEARSTREAM or EUROCLEAR accounts--under the clearing system's
           customary procedure,

        o  borrowing the securities in the U.S. from a DTC PARTICIPANT no
           later than one day before settlement which would give the
           securities sufficient time to be reflected in their CLEARSTREAM
           or EUROCLEAR account to settle the sale side of the trade, or

        o  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the
           trade so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC
           PARTICIPANT is at least one day before the value date for the
           sale to the CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMER or EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT.

INVESTOR PERCENTAGE

        The assets of the trust are allocated among:

        o  certificateholders of each series,

        o  providers of uncertificated enhancement backed by receivables,
           and

        o  the holder of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE.

        Each series issued by the trust is backed by an amount of PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLES and amounts on deposit in various trust bank accounts. The
attached prospectus supplement may describe how your series' INVESTED
AMOUNT will be adjusted by the amount of funds deposited in a bank account
or accounts or in any other way. The INVESTED AMOUNT can vary from period
to period, and on any date is generally equal to:

        (initial INVESTED AMOUNT on the series' CLOSING DATE) - (total
        principal payments made to the series' certificateholders) - (total
        unreimbursed charge-offs and reallocated principal collections for
        the series)

        Any COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT in a series will also be included in
that series' INVESTED AMOUNT. If your series includes a COLLATERAL INVESTED
AMOUNT, a description will be included in the attached prospectus
supplement. During each series' REVOLVING PERIOD, the INVESTED AMOUNT is
expected to remain constant to the extent noted in the attached prospectus
supplement unless certificates are purchased by PRC.

        The total INVESTED AMOUNT in the trust is the sum of the INVESTED
AMOUNTS for all series issued from the trust.

        The certificates of each series represent undivided interests in
the assets of the trust, including the right to each series' INVESTOR
PERCENTAGE of all cardholder payments on receivables in the trust.
Certificateholders of each series will receive varying amounts of
collections of principal and finance charges each month, and will also be
allocated a varying portion of receivables in defaulted accounts written
off during each month. Principal collections, finance charge collections
and receivables in defaulted accounts may be allocated to your series in
different ways: the attached prospectus supplement will describe how the
various INVESTOR PERCENTAGES are calculated. If your series includes
multiple classes of certificates, collections allocated to your series may
be further allocated among each class.

        As a certificateholder, your right to collections is limited to the
amounts needed to make required payments to you. Collections allocated to
your series or your class of certificates might be reallocated. The
attached prospectus supplement and the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
explain how collections will be allocated to, or reallocated from, your
certificates.

        Each series of certificates may be included in a group of series.
Series in a group may share excess principal collections, finance charge
collections or both among themselves. The attached prospectus supplement
will state if your series is in a group and, if it is, what other series in
your group were outstanding on your series' CLOSING DATE. In addition, the
attached prospectus supplement will state whether classes of your series
are entitled to TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS.

        Each series of certificates represents interests in the trust only,
and does not represent interests in or recourse obligations of FEDERATED,
FDS or PRC or any of their affiliates. A certificate is not a deposit and
neither the certificates nor the underlying trust accounts or receivables
are insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

INTEREST

        Interest will accrue from the CLOSING DATE on the related
certificate principal balance, or other amount specified in the related
prospectus supplement, at the CERTIFICATE RATE. The CERTIFICATE RATE may be
a fixed, floating or variable rate as specified in the related prospectus
supplement. Interest will be distributed to certificateholders on the
DISTRIBUTION DATES specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        Interest payments on any DISTRIBUTION DATE will most likely be
funded from FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated to the certificateholders'
interest during the previous MONTHLY PERIOD. Interest payments on any
DISTRIBUTION DATE may also be funded from:

        o investment earnings on funds held in accounts of the trust,

        o  FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocated initially to
           certificateholders of other series or PRC as holder of the
           EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE,

        o  any applicable enhancement, if necessary, or

        o  other amounts as specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        If the DISTRIBUTION DATES for payment of interest for a series or
class occur less frequently than monthly, any collections or other amounts
may be deposited in one or more trust accounts for distribution to the
certificateholders of that series or class. Each class may have a separate
INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT if a series has more than one class of
certificates.

        The prospectus supplement relating to each series of certificates
and each class will describe:

        o  the amounts and sources of interest payments to be made,

        o  the CERTIFICATE RATE, and

        o  for a series or class bearing interest at a floating or a
           variable CERTIFICATE RATE:

           -     the dates and the manner for determining the CERTIFICATE
                 RATES, and

           -     the formula, index or other method by which the
                 CERTIFICATE RATES are determined.

PRINCIPAL

        No principal payments will be made to the certificateholders of a
series during the REVOLVING PERIOD, except to the extent specified in the
related prospectus supplement. Principal will be paid to the
certificateholders in the amounts and on the DISTRIBUTION DATES specified
in the related prospectus supplement or will be accumulated in a PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT for later distribution to certificateholders on the
EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE during:

        o  the ACCUMULATION PERIOD, or

        o  the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD.

        Principal payments for any series or class will be funded from
collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES received during the related MONTHLY
PERIOD or periods allocated to that series or shared from other series or
from PRC as holder of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE and from
other sources as specified in the related prospectus supplement. These
payments will be allocated to the certificateholders' interest of the
related series or class. If a series has more than one class of
certificates, the certificateholders of one or more classes may receive
payments of principal at different times. The related prospectus supplement
will describe the manner, timing and priority of payments of principal to
certificateholders of each class.

THE EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

        The certificate evidencing the TRANSFEROR INTEREST in the trust is
referred to as the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. The EXCHANGEABLE
TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE represents the right to a percentage of all
cardholder payments on the receivables equal to 100% minus the sum of the
applicable allocation percentages for all series of certificates then
outstanding. The EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE may be transferred
subject to limitations and conditions described in the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT.

NEW ISSUANCES

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT allows the transferor to direct
the trustee to issue a new series. Each new issuance will have the effect
of decreasing the TRANSFEROR INTEREST by the INVESTED AMOUNT of the new
series.

        The transferor, the servicer, the trustee and the trust are not
required to and do not intend to obtain the consent of, or allow prior
review by, any certificateholder of any outstanding series to issue any
additional series. The transferor may offer any series to the public under
a prospectus or other disclosure document in transactions either registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or exempt from registration.
Each new series may be offered:

        o  directly, through one or more underwriters or placement agents,

        o  in fixed-price offerings, or

        o  in negotiated transactions or otherwise.

        Any new series may be issued in fully registered or book-entry form
in minimum denominations determined by the transferor.

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the transferor may
designate principal terms so that each series has an ACCUMULATION PERIOD or
an AMORTIZATION PERIOD. In addition, one or more series may be in their
ACCUMULATION PERIOD or AMORTIZATION PERIOD while other series are not.

        The related prospectus supplement specifies whether PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS otherwise available to a series that is not amortizing or
accumulating principal may be treated as SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and
reallocated to a series that is amortizing or accumulating principal. In
addition, PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS and FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS otherwise
payable to the transferor may be designated to be paid to the
certificateholders of the applicable series. Each series may have the
benefits of enhancement issued by enhancement providers different from the
enhancement providers used in any other series. Under the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT, the trustee will hold the enhancement only on behalf
of the certificateholders of the series to which the enhancement is given.
For each enhancement, the transferor may deliver a different form of
enhancement agreement.

        The transferor also has the option under the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT to vary among series the terms on which a series may be
repurchased by the transferor or remarketed to other investors.
There is no limit to the number of new issuances the transferor may issue
under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. The trust will end only as
described in the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. There can be no assurance
that the terms of any series might not have an impact on the timing and
amount of payments received by a certificateholder of another series.

        A new issuance may only be issued after the satisfaction of the
conditions given in the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and under the
related SUPPLEMENT. The obligation of the trustee to authenticate the
certificates of each new series and to execute and deliver the related
SUPPLEMENT must satisfy the following conditions:

        o  the transferor gives the trustee written notice of the new
           issuance and its date of issuance, at least five business days
           before the date of the new issuance,

        o  the transferor delivers to the trustee the related SUPPLEMENT,
           in a form satisfactory to the trustee,

        o  the transferor delivers to the trustee the related enhancement
           agreement, if any, executed by each party to that agreement,

        o  the transferor, the servicer, and the trustee receive
           confirmation from each rating agency that the new issuance will
           not result in a RATINGS EFFECT,

        o  the transferor delivers to the trustee and each rating agency an
           opinion of counsel acceptable to the trustee that for federal
           income tax purposes:

           -     the certificates of the new series will be characterized
                 as indebtedness or as partnership interests, and

           -     the new issuance will not adversely affect the federal
                 income tax characterization of any outstanding series.

        o  the TRANSFEROR INTEREST will not be less than the MINIMUM
           TRANSFEROR INTEREST on the date of the new issuance, and

        o  any other conditions specified in any SUPPLEMENT.

        After satisfying these conditions, the trustee will execute the
SUPPLEMENT and issue to the transferor the certificates of the new series
for execution and redelivery to the trustee for authentication.

TRUST ACCOUNTS

        The servicer has established and will maintain in the name of the
trust and for the benefit of the certificateholders of each series, an
account called the COLLECTION ACCOUNT. The COLLECTION ACCOUNT is a
non-interest-bearing segregated account that must be maintained with the
servicer or a QUALIFIED INSTITUTION. The trustee will establish and
maintain with a QUALIFIED INSTITUTION for the benefit of the
certificateholders two segregated accounts for each series, the INTEREST
FUNDING ACCOUNT and the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT. The trustee also maintains for
the benefit of the certificateholders a DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT, which is a
non-interest-bearing segregated demand deposit account established with a
QUALIFIED INSTITUTION.

        A QUALIFIED INSTITUTION means a United States depository
institution which at all times is acceptable to each rating agency.

        Funds in the INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT and PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT will be
invested in the following CASH EQUIVALENTS:

        o  obligations fully guaranteed by the United States,

        o  time deposits, promissory notes or certificates of deposit of
           depository institutions or trust companies having at the time of
           investment the highest short-term debt rating from Moody's and
           Standard & Poor's,

        o  commercial paper having, at the time of the trust's investment,
           a rating in the highest rating category from Moody's and
           Standard & Poor's,

        o  money market funds rated P-1 by Moody's and AAA-m or AAA-mg by
           Standard & Poor's or otherwise approved in writing by each
           Rating Agency,

        o  certain open end diversified investment companies which the
           Rating Agency designates in writing will not result in a
           withdrawal or downgrading of its then-current rating of any
           series then rated by it,

        o  bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
           trust company having the highest rating from Moody's and
           Standard & Poor's,

        o  Eurodollar time deposits with an entity having the highest
           rating from Moody's and Standard & Poor's, and

        o  any other investments approved in writing by each rating agency.

        Any earnings, net of losses and investment expenses, on funds in
the INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT or the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT will be paid to the
servicer on the last day of the MONTHLY PERIOD. The servicer has the
revocable power to withdraw funds from the COLLECTION ACCOUNT and to
instruct the trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the INTEREST
FUNDING ACCOUNT or the PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT for the purpose of carrying out
its duties under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and the SUPPLEMENTS.
Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, a paying agent will be appointed
having the revocable power to withdraw funds from the DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
to make distributions to the certificateholders. The paying agent will
initially be the trustee.

DEPOSITS IN COLLECTION ACCOUNT

        Cardholders make payments on the receivables:

        o  to LOCK-BOX ACCOUNTS maintained by LOCK-BOX BANKS under LOCK-BOX
           AGREEMENTS,

        o  to the servicer, who deposits all those payments in LOCK-BOX
           ACCOUNTS no later than the second business day following
           receipt, or

        o  as IN-STORE PAYMENTS.

All collections on receivables deposited in the LOCK-BOX ACCOUNTS will be
held for the benefit of the trust and will be deposited into the COLLECTION
ACCOUNT as promptly as possible after the date of processing. IN-STORE
PAYMENTS will be deposited in the COLLECTION ACCOUNT as promptly as
possible after the date of processing, but in no event later than the
second business day following that date of processing. On the same day as
any deposit to the COLLECTION ACCOUNT is made, the servicer makes the
deposits and payments to the accounts and parties as indicated below;
provided, that if FDS or any affiliate of FDS remains the servicer under
the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, and

        o  with respect to any enhancement covering the risk of collection
           of the servicer:

           -     the servicer provides to the trustee a letter of credit or
                 other form of enhancement covering that risk acceptable to
                 the rating agency and

           -     the transferor has not received a notice from the rating
                 agency that the letter of credit or other form of
                 enhancement would result in the lowering of that rating
                 agency's then-current rating of any series of certificates
                 then outstanding,

        o  the servicer has and maintains a short-term credit rating of at
           least P-1 by Moody's and of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's,
           or

        o  each rating agency confirms that the action will not result in a
           downgrading or withdrawal of the then-current rating of any
           outstanding series,

then the servicer may make deposits and payments on the business day
immediately before the DISTRIBUTION DATE in an amount equal to the net
amount of those deposits and payments which would have been made had the
conditions of this proviso not applied and some payments and allocations
described in this prospectus supplement may be made on a monthly, rather
than a daily, basis.

        If any of the criteria above are satisfied, payments on the
receivables collected by the servicer will not be segregated from the
assets of the servicer. Until payments on the receivables collected by the
servicer are deposited into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT, those funds may be used
by the servicer for its own benefit, and the proceeds of any short-term
investment of those funds will accrue to the servicer. While the servicer
holds funds representing payments on the receivables collected by the
servicer and is permitted to use those funds for its own benefit, the
certificateholders are subject to risk of loss, including risk resulting
from the bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer. The servicer will pay no
fee to the trust or any certificateholder for any use by the servicer of
funds collected on the receivables.

SHARING OF EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS

        The related prospectus supplement specifies if the
certificateholders of a series or any class may be entitled to receive all
or a portion of EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS of another series to
cover any shortfalls on amounts payable from FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
allocable to that series or class. EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS for
any MONTHLY PERIOD will equal the excess of FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS and
other amounts allocated to the certificateholders' interest of a series or
class over the sum of:

        o  interest accrued for the current month and overdue monthly
           interest on the certificates,

        o  accrued and unpaid monthly servicing fees,

        o  the INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT,

        o  unreimbursed INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS, and

        o  other amounts specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS will be applied to cover any
shortfalls to amounts payable from FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS allocable to
any other series in the same group. EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS will
be distributed evenly to each series based on the amount of the shortfall,
if any, to each other series. There can be no assurance that any other
series will be outstanding or that there will be any EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE
COLLECTIONS available to that group for any MONTHLY PERIOD.

SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS

        The related prospectus supplement will specify if PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD allocated to the certificateholders'
interest of that series, after required distributions for that series, will
be available to other series. The servicer will determine SHARED PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS as follows:

        o  the amount of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD, plus

        o  other amounts described in the SUPPLEMENT of that series,
           allocated to that series remaining after covering the required
           deposits and distributions and any similar amount remaining for
           any other series.

        The servicer will allocate the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS to
cover any principal distributions to certificateholders and deposits to
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNTS for any series that are either scheduled or
permitted and that have not been covered out of the investor principal
collections and other amounts for that series. If these PRINCIPAL
SHORTFALLS exceed SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS for any MONTHLY PERIOD,
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will be allocated evenly among the applicable
series based on the respective PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS of each series. To the
extent that SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS exceed PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS, the
balance will be allocated to the holder of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE, but only if:

        o  the TRANSFEROR INTEREST is greater than the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR
           INTEREST, or

        o  in all other circumstances the SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will
           be deposited in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT.

        Any reallocation of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS will not result in a
reduction in the INVESTED AMOUNT of the series to which collections were
initially allocated. There can be no assurance that there will be any
SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS in any MONTHLY PERIOD.

EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT

        The servicer will establish and maintain with a Qualified
Institution in the name of the trust, for the benefit of the
certificateholders of all series, an EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT. Whenever the
TRANSFEROR INTEREST would otherwise be less than the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR
INTEREST, funds otherwise payable to the transferor will be deposited in
the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT on each business day until the TRANSFEROR
INTEREST is at least equal to the MINIUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST.

        Funds on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT will be withdrawn
and paid to the transferor to the extent that following the distribution
the TRANSFEROR INTEREST will continue to exceed the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR
INTEREST. The SUPPLEMENT may provide for the payments to be made to
certificateholders instead of the transferor. Deposits in and withdrawals
from the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT may be made on a daily basis.

        Funds on deposit in the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT will be invested by
the trustee at the direction of the transferor in CASH EQUIVALENTS maturing
on the next business day. All net investment income earned on amounts in
the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT during each MONTHLY PERIOD will be withdrawn
from the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT and treated as FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
for that MONTHLY PERIOD.

PAIRED SERIES

        Each series may be paired with another series only if specified in
the attached prospectus supplement. A paired series is a series which has
been paired with a previously issued series and has an INVESTED AMOUNT that
increases as the INVESTED AMOUNT of the previously issued series decreases,
or any series designated as a paired series in the related SUPPLEMENT. The
prospectus supplement will specify the relationship between the paired
series.

        There can be no assurance that the terms of any paired series might
not have an impact on the timing or amount of payments received by your
series. If a PAY OUT EVENT OCCURS with respect to either series, if paired,
either:

        o  the numerator used in the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE
           for each series will be reset to be equal to the respective
           invested amounts at the end of the last day before a Pay Out
           Event occurs or

        o  the denominator of the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE for
           your series may be increased, in either case resulting in a
           possible reduction of the percentage of PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
           allocated to your series.

FUNDING PERIOD

        The related prospectus supplement may specify a FUNDING PERIOD that
begins on the CLOSING DATE and ends on a specified date before the start of
an AMORTIZATION PERIOD or an ACCUMULATION PERIOD. During the FUNDING
PERIOD, the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust may be less
than the total principal amount of the certificates of that series. The
amount of this deficiency will be held in a trust account established with
the trustee for the benefit of the certificateholders of that series
awaiting the transfer of additional PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES to the trust or
awaiting the reduction of the INVESTED AMOUNTS of other series.

        The related prospectus supplement for a series will define:

        o  the initial INVESTED AMOUNT on the CLOSING DATE,

        o  the total principal amount, and

        o  the date when the INVESTED AMOUNT is expected to equal the total
           principal amount.

        The INVESTED AMOUNT will increase as receivables are delivered to
the trust or as the INVESTED AMOUNTS of other series are reduced. The
INVESTED AMOUNT may also decrease due to INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS as described
in the related prospectus supplement.

        During the FUNDING PERIOD, funds on deposit in the PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT for a series of certificates will be withdrawn and paid to the
transferor to the extent there are any increases in the INVESTED AMOUNT. If
the INVESTED AMOUNT does not for any reason equal the full INVESTED AMOUNT
by the end of the FUNDING PERIOD, any amount remaining in the PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT and any additional amounts specified in the related prospectus
supplement will be payable to the certificateholders of that series
described in the related prospectus supplement.

        The related prospectus supplement specifies if monies in the
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT:

        o  are invested by the trustee at PRC's direction in CASH
           EQUIVALENTS,

        o  have a guaranteed rate, or

        o  have an investment agreement or other similar arrangement.

        In connection with each DISTRIBUTION DATE during the FUNDING
PERIOD, investment earnings on funds in the PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT will be
withdrawn from the PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT and deposited, together with any
other payment under a guaranteed rate or investment agreement or other
similar arrangement, into the COLLECTION ACCOUNT for distribution as
interest on the certificates of that series as specified in the related
prospectus supplement.

DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES

        Receivables in any ACCOUNT will be charged off as uncollectible in
accordance with the servicer's CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICIES, which, in
general, currently provide that receivables in any ACCOUNT will be charged
off when the ACCOUNT becomes retail age 8 (210 days past due) or, in the
case of certain major purchase plan accounts, when the ACCOUNT becomes
retail age 9 (240 days past due), unless the cardholder cures the default
by making payments which qualify under the standards customarily applied by
the servicer. The INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT will be allocated to the
certificateholders of each series on each business day in an amount
generally equal to the product of the floating allocation percentage
applicable on that business day for that series and the amount of PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLES in DEFAULTED ACCOUNTS for that business day.

DILUTION

        If on any business day the servicer adjusts the amount of any
PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLE because of a rebate or refund to a cardholder, or
because the PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLE was created in respect of merchandise that
was refused or returned by a cardholder, then the amount of the TRANSFEROR
INTEREST in the trust will be reduced by the amount of the adjustment on
that business day. In addition, the TRANSFEROR INTEREST in the trust will
be reduced as a result of transactions in respect of any PRINCIPAL
RECEIVABLE which was discovered as having been created through a fraudulent
or counterfeit charge.

        The transferor will be required to pay an amount equal to the
deficiency into the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT if the adjustment of any
receivables would cause the TRANSFEROR INTEREST at that time to be less
than the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST.

PAY OUT EVENT

        A PAY OUT EVENT for each series would occur automatically when:

        o  FEDERATED, FDS or PRC is bankrupt, insolvent or enters
           receivership,

        o  the trust becomes an "investment company" within the meaning of
           the Investment Company Act, or

        o  the transferor becomes unable for any reason to transfer
           receivables to the trust.

        The related prospectus supplement for any series may specify
additional PAY OUT EVENTS that apply to that series.

        The EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or the RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD, if
specified for a series, will begin on the date a PAY OUT EVENT occurs.
Certificateholders may begin receiving distributions of principal earlier
than expected if the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or the RAPID ACCUMULATION
PERIOD begins before the series CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD or before an
EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE. This may shorten the average life of the
certificates.

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

        On each DISTRIBUTION DATE, the paying agent will forward to each
certificateholder of record a statement prepared by the servicer with
respect to certificates of that series with the following information:

        o  the total amount distributed,

        o  the amount of the distribution allocable to principal on each
           class of the certificates,

        o  the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on each
           class of the certificates,

        o  the amount of collections of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES processed
           during the related MONTHLY PERIOD and allocated in respect of
           each class of the certificates

        o  the amount of collections of FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES
           processed during the related MONTHLY PERIOD and allocated in
           respect of each class of the certificates,

        o  the aggregate amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES, the INVESTED
           AMOUNT, the INVESTED AMOUNT of each class of the certificates,
           the FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE, and during the Amortization
           Period, the FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE with respect to
           PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS as of the close of business on the RECORD
           DATE,

        o  the aggregate outstanding balance of ACCOUNTS which are 30, 60,
           90, 120, 150, and 180 days delinquent as of the end of the day
           on the RECORD DATE,

        o  the aggregate INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT for the related MONTHLY
           PERIOD,

        o  the aggregate amount of INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS for each class of
           the certificates for the related MONTHLY PERIOD and

        o  the aggregate amount of the MONTHLY SERVICING FEE.

        The servicer and the trustee will not be required to provide any
reports directly to beneficial owners. See "--Book-Entry Registration" for
a general description of DTC procedures.

        On or before January 31 of each calendar year, the paying agent
will provide to any certificateholder of record during the preceding year a
statement containing the information required to be given by an issuer of
debt under the Internal Revenue Code along with any other customary
information which is necessary to allow the certificateholders to prepare
their tax returns.

LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

        Certificateholders representing 10% or more of the invested amount
of a series, or of all outstanding series, may request access to the
current list of certificateholders of the series, or of all outstanding
series, for purposes of communicating with other certificateholders about
their rights under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, any SUPPLEMENT or
the certificates. See "--Book-Entry Registration" for a general description
of distribution of notices under DTC procedures.

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT does not provide for any annual
or other meetings of certificateholders.


                                ENHANCEMENT

        The related prospectus supplement will state if the trust provides
enhancement for one or more classes of a series, including your series,
offered by this prospectus. If so, any form of enhancement may be
structured so as to be drawn upon by more than one class to the extent
described in that prospectus supplement.

        The type, characteristics and amount of enhancement for any series
or class:

        o  will be determined based on several factors, including the
           characteristics of the receivables and accounts included in the
           trust portfolio as of the CLOSING DATE for that series and the
           desired rating for each class, and

        o  will be established on the basis of requirements of each rating
           agency rating the certificates of that series or class.

        Enhancement may be in the form of:

        o  the subordination of one or more classes of the certificates of
           a series,

        o  the establishment of any cash collateral guaranty or account,

        o  a COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT,

        o  a letter of credit,

        o  a surety bond,

        o  an insurance policy,

        o  a guaranteed rate agreement,

        o  a maturity guaranty facility,

        o  a tax protection agreement,

        o  an interest rate swap or cap,

        o  a spread account,

        o  a reserve account,

        o  the use of cross-support features, or

        o  any combination of the above.

        Enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of loss
or guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the certificates
and/or payment of interest. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered
by enhancement or which are not covered by enhancement, certificateholders
will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.

        If enhancement is provided for a series or class of certificates,
the related prospectus supplement will describe:

        o  the amount payable under the enhancement,

        o  any additional conditions to payment under enhancement not
           described in this prospectus,

        o  the conditions, if any, under which:

           -     the amount payable under enhancement may be reduced, and

           -     enhancement may be ended or replaced, and

        o  any material provision of any agreement relating to enhancement.

        The related prospectus supplement may also provide information
about any enhancement provider, including:

        o  a brief description of its principal business activities,

        o  its principal place of business, place of incorporation and the
           jurisdiction under which it is chartered or licensed to do
           business,

        o  if applicable, the identity of regulatory agencies which
           exercise primary jurisdiction over the conduct of its business,
           and

        o  its total assets, and its stockholders' or policy holders'
           surplus, if applicable, and other appropriate financial
           information as of the date specified in the related prospectus
           supplement.

        The related prospectus supplement may specify if enhancement for a
series may be available to pay principal of the series' certificates after
PAY OUT EVENTS occur for that series. If so, the enhancement provider may
have an interest in cash flows relating to the receivables, to the extent
described in the related prospectus supplement.

SPECIFIC FORMS OF ENHANCEMENT

        The related prospectus supplement will also specify the manner and
to what extent the following forms of enhancement or other enhancement
applies to your series of certificates or any class of your series:

        SUBORDINATION

        One or more classes of certificates of any series may be
subordinated as described in the related prospectus supplement to the
extent necessary to fund payments on the senior certificates. The rights of
the holders of any subordinated certificates to receive distributions of
principal and/or interest on any DISTRIBUTION DATE for that series will be
subordinated in right and priority to the rights of the holders of senior
certificates, but only to the extent described in the related prospectus
supplement. The related prospectus supplement may specify if subordination
may apply only for some types of losses not covered by another enhancement.
The related prospectus supplement will also provide information concerning:

        o  the amount of subordination of a class or classes of
           subordinated certificates in a series,

        o  the circumstances in which subordination will be applicable,

        o  the manner, if any, in which the amount of subordination will
           decrease over time, and

        o  the conditions under which amounts available from payments that
           would otherwise be made to holders of subordinated certificates
           will be distributed to holders of senior certificates.

        If collections of receivables otherwise distributable to holders of
a subordinated class of a series will be used as support for a class of
another series, the related prospectus supplement will specify the manner
and conditions for applying this cross-support feature.

        CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY OR ACCOUNT

        Support for a series or one or more classes of certificates may be
provided by:

        o  a CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY secured by the deposit of cash or
           some CASH EQUIVALENTS in a CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT reserved for
           the beneficiaries of the CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY, or

        o  a CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT alone.

        The amount available from the CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY or the CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT will be the lesser of (1) amounts on deposit in the CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT and (2) an amount specified in the related prospectus
supplement. The related prospectus supplement will describe the
circumstances under which payments are made to beneficiaries of the CASH
COLLATERAL GUARANTY from the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT or from the CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT directly.

        COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT

        An undivided interest in the trust called the COLLATERAL INVESTED
AMOUNT, in an amount initially equal to the percentage of the certificates
of a series specified in the prospectus supplement for that series, may
initially provide support for a series or one or more classes of
certificates. That series may also have the benefit of a CASH COLLATERAL
GUARANTY or CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT with an initial amount on deposit in
that account, if any, as specified in the related prospectus supplement
which will be increased to the extent:

        o  PRC chooses, under the conditions specified in the related
           prospectus supplement, to apply principal collections allocable
           to the COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT to decrease the COLLATERAL
           INVESTED AMOUNT,

        o  principal collections allocable to the COLLATERAL INVESTED
           AMOUNT are required to be deposited into the CASH COLLATERAL
           ACCOUNT as specified in the related prospectus supplement, and

        o  excess finance charge collections are required to be deposited
           into the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT as specified in the related
           prospectus supplement.

        The total amount of enhancement available from the COLLATERAL
INVESTED AMOUNT and, if applicable, the CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY or CASH
COLLATERAL ACCOUNT will be the lesser of the sum of:

        o  the COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT and the amount on deposit in the
           CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT, and

        o  an amount specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        The related prospectus supplement will describe the circumstances
under which:

        o  payments which otherwise would be made to holders of the
           COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT will be distributed to holders of
           certificates, and

        o  if applicable, payment will be made under the CASH COLLATERAL
           GUARANTY or under the CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT.

        LETTER OF CREDIT

        One or more letters of credit may provide support for a series or
one or more classes of certificates. The letter of credit may provide
limited protection against some losses in addition to or instead of other
enhancement. The issuer of the letter of credit will be obligated to honor
demands as to the letter of credit, to the extent of the amount available
under the letter of credit, to provide funds under the circumstances and
under the conditions specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        SURETY BOND OR INSURANCE POLICY

        A surety bond may be purchased for the benefit of the holders of
any series or class of certificates to assure distributions of interest or
principal for that series or class in the manner and amount specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

        One or more insurance companies may provide insurance, to a series
or one or more classes of certificates, to guarantee, for one or more
classes of that series, distributions of interest or principal in the
manner and amount specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        SPREAD ACCOUNT

        Support for a series or one or more classes of certificates may be
provided by the periodic deposit of available excess cash flow from the
trust assets into a spread account, intended to assist with subsequent
distribution of interest and principal on that series or class in the
manner specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        RESERVE ACCOUNT

        The establishment of a RESERVE ACCOUNT provides support for a
series or one or more classes of certificates. The RESERVE ACCOUNT may be
funded, to the extent provided in the related prospectus supplement, by:

        o  an initial cash deposit,

        o  the retention of excess cash,

        o  periodic distributions of principal or interest or both
           otherwise payable to one or more
         classes of certificates, including subordinated certificates,

        o  the provision of a letter of credit, guarantee, insurance policy
           or other form of credit, or

        o  any combination of these items.

        The RESERVE ACCOUNT will assist with the subsequent distribution of
principal or interest on that series or class in the manner provided in the
related prospectus supplement.


                    THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, PRC has transferred to
the trust its interest in:

        o  all receivables and proceeds existing on and after the INITIAL
           CUT-OFF DATE and all receivables and proceeds existing on and
           after each ADDITION DATE in any AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS,

        o  the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, and

        o  RECOVERIES.

        PRC must indicate in its computer records that the receivables
transferred to the trust have been conveyed to the trust. PRC must also
file all necessary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements:

        The physical documentation relating to the accounts or the
receivables will not be stamped or marked to show the transfer of
receivables to the trust. FDS will retain all other records or agreements
about the accounts or the receivables.

ADDITION OF TRUST ASSETS

        ACCOUNTS will be designated to have their receivables added to the
trust automatically as they are originated and the receivables in these
accounts will be immediately sold by the ORIGINATOR to PRC and then
transferred by PRC to the trust. Each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT will be
included as an account from the date it is created, and all existing and
future receivables in these accounts will be transferred to the trust after
being purchased by PRC.

        PRC may elect at any time to end or suspend the inclusion of
accounts that would otherwise be AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS by
delivering to the trustee and the servicer, written notice of this
election. PRC will be permitted to continue designating AUTOMATIC
ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS if the AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT would not be exceeded
because of the inclusion of the AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS as accounts.

        In any event, the number of accounts to be included as AUTOMATIC
ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS for the related period must be less than or equal to:

        o  20% of the number of Active Accounts as of the first day of the
           then-current twelve-month period, and

        o  15% of the number of Active Accounts as of the first day of the
           then-current three-month period.

        The AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT is intended to limit the extent to
which PRC, by designating AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, may alter the
composition of the accounts without rating agency consent.

        If the transferor has elected to terminate or suspend the inclusion
of AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, PRC must make an addition to the trust on
the required designation date if, on the last business day of any MONTHLY
PERIOD, either:

        o  the TRANSFEROR INTEREST is less than the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR
           INTEREST, or

        o  the amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust is less than
           the MINIMUM AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES.

        PRC will not be required to add receivables in ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
if the TRANSFEROR INTEREST equals or exceeds the MINIMUM TRANSFEROR
INTEREST or the total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust equals
or exceeds the MINIMUM AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES before the proposed
ADDITION DATE. The receivables to be added will be from receivables
generated from accounts owned by FDS or another ORIGINATOR.

        In connection with an addition of a SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT, FDS or
another ORIGINATOR may sell to PRC and PRC will then transfer to the trust
the receivables from these accounts on the following conditions:

        o  on or before the twentieth business day before any addition, PRC
           has given the trustee, the servicer, each rating agency and the
           enhancement providers, if any, written notice that the
           receivables from SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS will be included as trust
           assets,

        o  for SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS, on or before the date the receivables
           are added to the trust, PRC has delivered to the trustee a
           written assignment and a computer file, microfiche list or
           printed list containing a true and complete list of these
           SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS specifying for each account its account
           number and the total amount outstanding in the account, and

        o  PRC has received confirmation from each rating agency that the
           addition will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT.

        FDS or its affiliates may originate or acquire portfolios of open
end credit card accounts. The receivables in an acquired portfolio may be
sold to PRC and then transferred to the trust. These sales must meet the
conditions for additions of SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS.

        ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS may include accounts originated using criteria
different from those that were applied to the initial accounts. These
accounts may have been originated at a later date or may have been part of
a portfolio of open end credit card accounts that were not part of the
FEDERATED portfolio as of the CUT-OFF DATE. Some of these accounts may have
been acquired from other institutions. ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS may not be of
the same type as those previously included in the trust. For these reasons,
there can be no assurance that the ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS will be of the same
credit quality or have the same payment characteristics as the initial
accounts or the ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS previously included in the trust.

        ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS of a type different from the initial accounts
may consist of fees, charges and amounts that are different from the
FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES and PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the initial
FEDERATED portfolio. The servicer will designate the portions of funds
collected or to be collected for these receivables to be treated for
purposes of the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT as PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
and FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES.

REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS

        PRC has the right to require reassignment to itself, or another
company designated by it, of all of the trust's rights in and to the
receivables from REMOVED ACCOUNTS under the following conditions on each
second business day preceding each Distribution Date on which the
TRANSFEROR INTEREST exceeds 17% of the PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES with respect
to that day:

        o  on or before twenty days before the removal date, PRC gives the
           trustee, the servicer and each rating agency written notice of
           the removal including the date for removal of the REMOVED
           ACCOUNTS,

        o  on the removal date, PRC delivers to the trustee a computer
           file, microfiche list or printed list containing an accurate and
           complete list of the REMOVED ACCOUNTS specifying the account
           number and the total amount outstanding in the account,

        o  PRC will represent and warrant that as of the removal date the
           list of REMOVED ACCOUNTS delivered to the trustee is accurate
           and complete in all material respects,

        o  PRC receives confirmation from each rating agency that the
           removal will not result in a RATINGS EFFECT, and

        o  PRC delivers to the trustee and any enhancement provider
           entitled under the SUPPLEMENT a certificate of an authorized
           officer, dated the removal date, confirming the above items.

        The removal can occur for a number of reasons including a
determination by PRC that the trust contains more receivables than PRC is
obligated to retain in the trust under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
and any SUPPLEMENTS and a determination that PRC does not desire to obtain
additional financing through the trust at that time.

        After satisfying the above conditions, the trustee will execute and
deliver to PRC or its designee a written reassignment. The trustee will
then be considered to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey
to PRC or its designee, all of its rights in the receivables arising in the
REMOVED ACCOUNTS.

        In addition, the transferor will be permitted to designate REMOVED
ACCOUNTS in connection with the sale by FEDERATED or any affiliate of
FEDERATED of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of any
ORIGINATOR. The transferor will be permitted to deposit funds in the EXCESS
FUNDING ACCOUNT in connection with any designation of REMOVED ACCOUNTS to
the extent necessary to permit designation.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        On the CLOSING DATE, PRC will represent and warrant to the trustee
on behalf of the trust that:

        o  on the INITIAL CUT-OFF DATE, and, on the date of creation for
           each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, and on the ADDITION CUT-OFF
           DATE for each SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT, each account that PRC
           classifies as an "eligible account" satisfied or will satisfy
           the requirements of an ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT,

        o  on the INITIAL CUT-OFF DATE, and, on the date of creation for
           each AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT, and on the ADDITION CUT-OFF
           DATE for each SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNT, each receivable that PRC
           classifies as an "eligible receivable" satisfied or will satisfy
           the requirements of an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE, and

        o  on the date of creation of any new receivable, that receivable
           will be an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE.

        A receivable will be designated an INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE and will
be assigned a principal balance of zero for the purpose of determining the
total amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES on any day that any representation or
warranty of PRC is not true and correct in any material respect for any
receivables transferred to the trust by PRC and, as a result the servicer
will:

        o  deduct an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the INELIGIBLE
           RECEIVABLE multiplied by one minus the FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLE
           FACTOR from the PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES in the trust and

        o  decrease PRC's interest in the trust by the same amount.

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the transferor represents
and warrants that,

        o  the transferor is duly organized, validly existing, and in good
           standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the
           corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform
           its obligations under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, any
           SUPPLEMENT and the PURCHASE AGREEMENT,

        o  the execution and delivery of the POOLING AND SERVICING
           AGREEMENT, any SUPPLEMENT, and the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, and the
           consummation of the transactions provided for in those
           documents, have been duly authorized by the transferor by all
           necessary corporate action on its part,

        o  each of the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, any SUPPLEMENT, and
           the PURCHASE AGREEMENT constitutes a legal, valid, and binding
           obligation of the transferor, and

        o  the transfer of receivables by it to the trust under the POOLING
           AND SERVICING AGREEMENT constitutes either:

           -     a valid transfer and assignment to the trust of all right,
                 title, and interest of the transferor in and to the
                 receivables and their proceeds, or

           -     the grant of a first priority security interest, subject
                 to PERMITTED LIENS, in the receivables and their proceeds.

If there is a breach of any of the representations and warranties described
in this paragraph, either the trustee or the holders of certificates
aggregating more than 50% of the invested amount of any series, by written
notice to the transferor and to the trustee and the servicer if given by
the certificateholders of the Series, may direct the transferor to accept
reassignment of an amount of PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES equal to the invested
amount to be repurchased as described below, within 60 days of the notice,
or within a longer period as specified in that notice. The transferor will
then be obligated to accept reassignment of the receivables on a
DISTRIBUTION DATE occurring within the applicable period. The reassignment
will not be required to be made, however, if at any time during the
applicable period the representations and warranties are then true and
correct in all material respects or the reassignment would cause either a
PAY OUT EVENT to occur or a rating agency to reduce or withdraw its
then-current rating on the certificates of any class of any series. The
amount to be deposited by the transferor for distribution to
certificateholders in connection with a reassignment will be equal to:

        o  the invested amount for all series of certificates required to
           be repurchased, less the amount, if any, previously allocated
           for payment of principal to those certificateholders, plus

        o  an amount equal to all interest accrued but unpaid on those
           certificates at the applicable certificate rate, less the amount
           transferred to the DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT from the Interest
           Funding Account in respect of interest on those certificates.

The payment of the reassignment deposit amount and the transfer of all
other amounts deposited for the preceding month in the DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
will be considered a payment in full of the investor interest for all
series of certificates required to be repurchased and will be distributed
upon presentation and surrender of the certificates for each series.

The obligation of the transferor to make this deposit will be the sole
remedy available to the trustee and the certificateholders with respect to
any breach of these representations and warranties of the transferor.

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the transferor also
represents and warrants that

        o  the execution and delivery of the POOLING AND SERVICING
           AGREEMENT, any SUPPLEMENT and the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, do not
           contravene the transferor's charter or by-laws, violate any
           provision of law applicable to it or require any filing except
           for filing under the UCC, registration, consent, or approval
           under any such law except for those filings, registrations,
           consents, or approvals as have already been obtained and are in
           full force and effect,

        o  the transferor has filed all tax returns required to be
               filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the
               payment of all taxes, assessments, and other governmental
               charges due from the transferor,

        o  there are no proceedings or investigations pending or threatened
           against the transferor, asserting the invalidity of the POOLING
           AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, any SUPPLEMENT or the PURCHASE
           AGREEMENT, seeking to prevent the transactions contemplated by
           those documents, seeking any determination that would materially
           and adversely affect the performance by the transferor of its
           obligations under those documents, or seeking any determination
           or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the
           validity or enforceability of those documents or of the tax
           attributes of the trust,

        o  with respect to each receivable:

           -     it is or will be an account receivable arising out of the
                 transferor's performance in accordance with the terms of
                 the CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT,

           -     the transferor has no knowledge that should have led it to
                 expect at the time of the classification of any receivable
                 as an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE that the receivable would not be
                 paid in full when due, and

           -     each receivable classified as an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE by
                 the transferor in any document or report delivered under
                 the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT satisfies the
                 requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of
                 ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE, and

        o  the transferor is not an "investment company" within the meaning
           of the Investment Company Act.

If any of these representations or warranties proves to have been incorrect
in any material respect when made, and continues to be incorrect for 60
days after notice to the transferor by the trustee or to the transferor and
the trustee by more than 50% of the certificateholders' interest and as a
result the interest of the certificateholders are materially adversely
affected, then the trustee or 50% of the certificateholders' interest of
any class may give notice to the transferor declaring that a PAY OUT EVENT
has occurred; provided, that a PAY OUT EVENT will not be deemed to have
occurred if the transferor has accepted a reassignment of the affected
receivables.

        In addition, it is not anticipated or required that the trustee
make any initial or periodic general examination of PRC or the servicer for
the purpose of establishing:

        o  the compliance by PRC or the servicer with their respective
           representations or warranties or

        o  the performance by PRC or the servicer of their respective
           obligations under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or

        o  for any other purpose.

The servicer, however, will deliver to the trustee on or before March 31 of
each calendar year an opinion of counsel as to the validity of the interest
of the trust in and to the receivables and other components of the trust.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the transferor covenants
that:

        o  it will not cause any receivable to be evidenced by an
           instrument or to be anything except an account, general
           intangible, or chattel paper,

        o  except for the conveyances under the POOLING AND SERVICING
           AGREEMENT, it will not sell any receivable or grant a lien,
           other than a PERMITTED LIEN, on any receivable,

        o  it will comply with and perform its obligations under, and will
           cause each ORIGINATOR to comply with and perform its obligations
           under, any CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT to which it is a party and
           its credit and collection policies and it will not change the
           terms of those agreements or policies except as provided in the
           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT,

        o  if it is unable for any reason to transfer receivables to the
           trust, it will continue to allocate and pay all collections from
           all receivables to the trust,

        o  if it receives a collection on any receivables, it will pay that
           collection to the servicer as soon as practicable,

        o  it will notify the trust promptly after becoming aware of any
           lien on any receivable except PERMITTED LIENS,

        o  it will engage in no other business except the business
           contemplated under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and the
           PURCHASE AGREEMENT,

        o  it will take all actions necessary to enforce its rights and
           claims under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT,

        o  except with respect to IN-STORE PAYMENTS, it will not commingle
           its assets with those of FEDERATED or any affiliate of
           FEDERATED, and

        o  it will not acquire receivables from any person except an
           ORIGINATOR.

ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS; ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES

        An ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT means each ACCOUNT owned by an ORIGINATOR:

        o  which is payable in United States dollars,

        o  which has not been identified by its ORIGINATOR in its computer
           files as an account as to which the ORIGINATOR or the servicer
           has any confirmed record of any fraud-related activity by the
           cardholder,

        o  which has not been sold or pledged to any other party and does
           not have receivables that have been sold or pledged to any other
           party,

        o  which was created in accordance with the credit and collection
           policies of its ORIGINATOR at the time of creation of the
           account or the receivables which each rating agency permits to
           be added automatically to the trust,

        o  the receivables in which the ORIGINATOR has not charged off in
           its customary and usual manner for charging off receivables, and

        o  which is not an AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT designated by the
           transferor to be included as an ACCOUNT after the occurrence of
           specified events or in excess of the AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT
           unless the rating agencies have consented to the inclusion of
           the AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT as an ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT.

        An ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE means each receivable that satisfies the
following criteria:

        o  it arises under an ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT,

        o  it constitutes an "account," a "general intangible," or "chattel
           paper" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC as then in effect in
           each jurisdiction in which the filing of a UCC financing
           statement is necessary to evidence the security interest of the
           trustee established under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT,

        o  it is the legal, valid, and binding obligation of a person who:

           -     is living,

           -     is not a minor under the laws of his/her state of
                 residence, and

           -     is competent to enter into a contract and incur debt,

        o  it and the underlying CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT do not contravene
           in any material respect any applicable laws, rules, or
           regulations that could reasonably be expected to have an adverse
           impact on the amount of collections under the receivable, and
           the ORIGINATOR of the receivable is not in violation of any of
           those laws, rules, or regulations in any respect material to the
           CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT,

        o  all material consents, licenses, or authorizations of, or
           registrations with, any governmental authority required to be
           obtained or given in connection with the creation of the
           receivable or the execution, delivery, creation, and performance
           of the underlying CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT have been duly
           obtained or given and are in full force and effect as of the
           date of the creation of the receivables,

        o  at the time of its transfer to the trust, the transferor or the
           trust will have good and marketable title free and clear of all
           liens and security interests arising under or through the
           transferor except PERMITTED LIENS,

        o  it is not, at the time of its transfer to the trust, a
           receivable in a DEFAULTED ACCOUNT, and

        o  it arises under a CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT that has been duly
           authorized and which, together with the receivable, is in full
           force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
           obligation of the obligor of the receivable enforceable against
           the obligor in accordance with its terms and is not subject to
           any dispute, offset, counterclaim, or defense whatsoever except
           the discharge in bankruptcy of the obligor.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

        The servicer is responsible for servicing, collecting, enforcing
and administering the receivables under the CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICIES
and doing any and all things in connection with the servicing and
administration which it considers necessary or desirable.

        Servicing activities to be performed by the servicer include:

        o  collecting and recording payments,

        o  communicating with cardholders,

        o  collection activities for delinquent accounts,

        o  evaluating the issuance of credit cards,

        o  providing billing and tax records, if any, to cardholders, and

        o  maintaining internal records of each account.

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the servicer is
authorized and empowered to:

        o  make withdrawals from the COLLECTION ACCOUNT,

        o  after the delinquency of any receivable, to commence enforcement
           proceedings with respect to that receivable, and

        o  make all filings, reports, notices, applications, registrations
           with, and to seek any consents or authorizations from government
           agencies as may be necessary or advisable to comply with all
           federal and state securities laws.

        Unless the trustee revokes the power and authority following the
occurrence of a SERVICER DEFAULT, under the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT, the servicer is authorized and empowered to:

        o  instruct the trustee to make withdrawals and payments, from the
           INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT, the EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT, the
           PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT and any series ACCOUNT and

        o  instruct the trustee in writing to take any action permitted or
           required under any enhancement at a time specified under the
           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and any SUPPLEMENT.

        Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, FDS, as servicer, has
the right to delegate any of its responsibilities and obligations as
servicer to any person who agrees to conduct FDS' servicing duties under
the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and the CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICIES.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

        As compensation for its servicing activities and as reimbursement
for its expenses, the servicer will receive a servicing fee payable on each
day specified in the applicable SUPPLEMENT in an amount equal to the
product of:

        o  a fraction, whose numerator is the actual number of days in the
           measuring period specified in the applicable SUPPLEMENT and
           whose denominator is the actual number of days in the year,

        o  the weighted average series servicing fee percentage and

        o  the daily average total outstanding balance of all PRINCIPAL
           RECEIVABLES over the term of that measuring period.

        The share of the servicing fee for any particular series with
respect to any date of payment will be equal to the product of:

        o  a fraction, whose numerator is the actual number of days in the
           measuring period specified in the applicable SUPPLEMENT and
           whose denominator is the actual number of days in the year,

        o  the applicable series servicing fee percentage for that series
           and

        o  the INVESTED AMOUNT of that series, as appropriate, as of the
           date of determination for that payment as specified in the
           applicable SUPPLEMENT.

The remainder of the servicing fee shall be paid by PRC or retained by the
servicer and none of the trust, the trustee or any enhancement provider
will be liable to pay the share of the servicing fee to be paid by PRC.

        The servicer's expenses include:

        o  amounts due to the trustee under the POOLING AND SERVICING
           AGREEMENT,

        o  the reasonable fees and disbursements of independent public
           accountants, and

        o  all other expenses incurred by the servicer in connection with
           its activities under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

However, the servicer will not be liable for any liabilities, costs or
expenses of the trust, the investor certificateholders or the certificate
owners arising under any tax law.

        If the servicer fails to pay any amounts due to the trustee by the
servicer under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the trustee will be
entitled to deduct and receive the portion of the servicing fee that is
equal to the unpaid amounts from the servicing fee before the payment is
made to the servicer. The servicer shall be required to pay expenses for
its own account and will not be entitled to any payment other than the
servicing fee.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

        The servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under
the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, except:

        o  on the determination that its duties are no longer permissible
           under applicable law, or

        o  as may be required for any merger or consolidation of the
           servicer or the conveyance or transfer of all or substantially
           all of the servicer's assets.

        No resignation will become effective until the trustee or a
successor to the servicer has assumed the servicer's responsibilities and
obligations under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. FDS may also
transfer its servicing obligations to an affiliate and be relieved of its
obligations and duties under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

        Any person with whom the servicer may be merged or consolidated or
any person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the servicer
is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the servicer, will
be the successor to the servicer under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

SERVICER DEFAULT

        A SERVICER DEFAULT refers to:

        o  any failure by the servicer to make any payment, transfer or
           deposit or to give instructions or notice to the trustee as
           required by the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or any
           SUPPLEMENT or to instruct the trustee to make any required
           drawing, withdrawal or payment under any enhancement on or
           before the date occurring five business days after the date the
           payment, transfer or deposit or instruction or notice is
           required to be made or given,

        o  failure by the servicer to observe or perform any other
           covenants or agreements of the servicer as described in the
           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or any SUPPLEMENT which has a
           material adverse effect on the interests of the
           certificateholders of any series and which continues unremedied
           for 60 days after written notice was given to the servicer
           requiring that the situation be remedied,

        o  any representation, warranty or certification made by the
           servicer in the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or any
           SUPPLEMENT or in any certificate delivered under the POOLING AND
           SERVICING AGREEMENT or any SUPPLEMENT which proves to have been
           incorrect when made, and has a material adverse effect on the
           rights of the certificateholders of any series and which
           continues incorrect in any material respect for 60 days after
           written notice was given to the servicer requiring that the
           situation be remedied, or

        o  the occurrence of some events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
           receivership of the servicer.

        If the delay or failure was caused by an act of God or other
similar occurrence and could not be prevented by the use of reasonable
diligence in the case of a failure to observe or perform any other
covenants or agreements, or in the case of any representation, warranty or
certification proving to have been incorrect when made, the failure for a
period of 60 business days will not constitute a SERVICER DEFAULT. However,
in the case of a failure to make payment, transfer or deposit, or notice,
the servicer is allowed an additional five business days to remedy the
situation before a SERVICER DEFAULT occurs.

        The servicer agrees to provide the trustee, each rating agency,
enhancement providers, if any, PRC and the certificateholders of each
series with a description of any failure or delay by it to perform its
obligation, together with its notice to the trustee. The servicer shall not
be relieved from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a
timely manner after a SERVICER DEFAULT occurs.

        If a SERVICER DEFAULT occurs, the trustee may end all of the rights
and obligations of the servicer under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
by sending a termination notice, in writing, to the servicer.
Certificateholders holding certificates comprising more than 50% of the
aggregate INVESTED AMOUNT of all outstanding series may also end all the
rights and obligations of the servicer under the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT by sending termination notices, in writing, to the servicer, the
trustee and to any enhancement providers.

        The trustee will appoint a successor servicer after the receipt by
the servicer of a termination notice. All rights, authority, power and
obligations of the servicer under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT will
pass to and be vested in the trustee if:

        o  no successor servicer is appointed by the trustee, or

        o  no successor servicer has accepted the appointment by the time
           the servicer stops acting as servicer.

The trustee shall, if it is legally unable to act as successor servicer,
petition a court to appoint any established financial institution meeting
the eligibility requirements described in the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT as the successor servicer.

        Before any successor servicer is appointed, the trustee will seek
to obtain bids from potential servicers meeting eligibility requirements
described in the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT to serve as a successor
servicer for servicing compensation which may be in excess of the servicing
fee specified in any SUPPLEMENT. The rights and interest of PRC as holder
of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE will not be affected by any
termination notice or appointment of a successor servicer.

        If the trustee within 60 days of receipt of a termination notice is
unable to obtain any bids from eligible successor servicers and the
servicer delivers an officer's certificate stating that the servicer cannot
in good faith cure the SERVICER DEFAULT that gave rise to the transfer of
servicing and if the trustee is legally unable to act as the successor
servicer, then the trustee will sell the receivables. The purchase price
for the purchase will not be less than an amount equal to the total
invested amount of the series on the date of the purchase plus all interest
accrued but unpaid on all outstanding investor certificates at the
applicable certificate rate through the date of the purchase.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT requires the servicer to cause
a firm of independent public accountants to prepare a report to the effect
that the firm has compared the mathematical calculations in the monthly
statements described in the first paragraph under "Description of the
Certificate--Reports to Certificateholders" for the MONTHLY PERIODS covered
by the report with the transferor's computer reports regarding the
receivables and that those reports are in agreement, except for any
exceptions the firm believes to be immaterial and any other exceptions set
forth in the report. A copy of this report will be sent to each
certificateholder of record.

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT requires the servicer to cause
a firm of independent public accountants to prepare on an annual basis a
report to the effect that the firm has made a study and evaluation in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards of the servicer's
internal accounting controls relative to the servicing of the ACCOUNTS and
that, on the basis of the examination, the firm is of the opinion that


        o  the system of internal controls in effect at the end of the
           reporting period relating to servicing procedures performed by
           the servicer provided reasonable assurance that the internal
           control system was sufficient for the prevention and detection
           of errors and irregularities and

        o  the servicing was conducted in compliance with the provisions of
           the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, except for any exceptions
           as the firm believes to be immaterial and any other exceptions
           stated in the report. A copy of this report will be sent to each
           certificateholder record.

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT also requires delivery to the
trustee, on or before a specified date each year, of a certificate signed
by an officer of the servicer stating that the servicer has fulfilled its
obligations under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT throughout the
preceding twelve months or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment
of any of its obligations, describing each default. A copy of this
certificate may be obtained by any certificateholder upon submission of a
written request addressed to the trustee.

AMENDMENTS

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and any SUPPLEMENT may be
amended without the consent of certificateholders, for the purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of
the provisions of the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and that SUPPLEMENT
or of modifying in any manner the rights of the certificateholders;
provided, that:

        o  the servicer has provided an officer's certificate to the effect
           that the amendment will not adversely affect in any material
           respect the interests of the certificateholders,

        o  except in the case of any amendment for the sole purpose of
           curing any ambiguity or correcting or supplementing any
           inconsistent provision of the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or
           revising any schedule except the list of receivables, each
           rating agency shall have confirmed that the amendment would not
           result in a reduction or withdrawal of its rating of the
           certificates, and

        o  the amendment will not, in the opinion of counsel, result in
           specified adverse tax consequences.

        The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and any SUPPLEMENT may be
amended with the consent of the holders of certificates representing not
less than 662/3% of the investor interests of each and every series
adversely affected, for the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT or any SUPPLEMENT or of modifying in any manner the
rights of certificateholders of any then outstanding series. No amendment,
however, may:

        o  reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
           distributions required to be made on any series,

        o  change the definition of or the manner of calculating the
           interest of any certificateholder of any series, or

        o  reduce the percentage of undivided interests those holders are
           required to consent to any amendment,

in each case without the consent of all certificateholders of all series
adversely affected.

TRUSTEE

        The Chase Manhattan Bank is the trustee under the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT. The Corporate Trust Department of the trustee is
located at 450 West 33rd Street, New York, NY 10001.

        The trustee and its affiliates may:

        o  enter into normal banking and trust relationships with the
           transferor, the servicer and their affiliates,

        o  hold certificates of any series in its name but will not be
           allowed to participate in any decisions or instructions to be
           given to the trust by certificateholders as a group,

        o  appoint a co-trustee or separate trustees for all or any part of
           the trust, or

        o  resign at any time.

        If the trustee appoints a co-trustee or separate trustees, all
rights, powers, duties and obligations of the trustee will be conferred or
imposed on the trustee and each separate trustee or co-trustee jointly. In
any jurisdiction in which the trustee is incompetent or unqualified to
perform some acts, those rights, powers, duties and obligations will be
conferred or imposed on each separate trustee or co-trustee individually.
If so, each separate trustee or co-trustee will exercise and perform those
rights, powers, duties and obligations only at the direction of the
trustee.

        If the trustee resigns, PRC will be required to appoint a successor
trustee. The trustee may also be removed by the servicer if the trustee
becomes ineligible to continue as a trustee under the POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT or if the trustee becomes insolvent. The servicer will then be
required to appoint a successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of the
trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective
until the successor trustee accepts the appointment.

TERMINATION OF THE TRUST

        Unless PRC instructs the trustee otherwise, the trust will end on
the TRUST TERMINATION DATE. Once the trust has ended, all right, title and
interest in and to the receivables and other funds of the trust will be
conveyed and transferred to the holder of the EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE and any SUPPLEMENTAL CERTIFICATE except for amounts in accounts
maintained by the trust for the final payment of principal and interest to
certificateholders.


                     THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        The receivables transferred by PRC to the trust under the POOLING
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT are purchased by PRC under a Receivables Purchase
Agreement among PRC, as purchaser, and the ORIGINATORS, as sellers. On each
business day before the PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE applicable to an
ORIGINATOR, each ORIGINATOR is required to deliver all of its receivables
to the transferor. Under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, those
receivables are then transferred immediately by the transferor to the
trust.

        Since September 1993, substantially all of the ACCOUNTS have been
established by FDS. However, the other ORIGINATORS remain as parties to the
PURCHASE AGREEMENT and may still establish ACCOUNTS and sell receivables to
the transferor.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        In the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, each ORIGINATOR represents and warrants
to PRC as of the INITIAL CLOSING DATE - or, in the case of some
ORIGINATORS, the date upon which they first become ORIGINATORS - and on
each ADDITION DATE that:

        o  each ORIGINATOR is a corporation duly organized, validly
           existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction
           of incorporation, and is duly qualified to do business and in
           good standing, or is exempt from these requirements, in any
           state required in order to conduct its business and has obtained
           all necessary licenses and approvals required under applicable
           law, and has the requisite corporate power and authority to
           conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the
           PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

        o  the execution and delivery of the PURCHASE AGREEMENT and the
           consummation of the transactions provided for in the PURCHASE
           AGREEMENT have been duly authorized by the ORIGINATOR by all
           necessary corporate action on its part,

        o  the execution, delivery, and performance of the PURCHASE
           AGREEMENT does not contravene the ORIGINATOR'S charter or
           by-laws, violate any provision of law applicable to it, require
           any filing, except for filings under the UCC, registration,
           consent, or approval under any of those laws, except for
           filings, registrations, consents, or approvals that have already
           been obtained and are in full force and effect,

        o  the ORIGINATOR has filed all tax returns required to be filed
           and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all
           taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges due from that
           ORIGINATOR,

        o  there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
           best knowledge of the ORIGINATOR, threatened against that
           ORIGINATOR before any court, regulatory body, administrative
           agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality
           asserting the invalidity of the PURCHASE AGREEMENT or seeking to
           prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated
           by the PURCHASE AGREEMENT,

        o  each receivable of the ORIGINATOR is or will be an account
           receivable arising out of that ORIGINATOR'S performance in
           accordance with the terms of the CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT which
           creates that receivable,

        o  the ORIGINATOR has no knowledge of any fact which should have
           led it to expect at the time of the classification of a
           receivable as an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE that ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE
           would not be paid in full when due, and each receivable
           classified as an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE by the ORIGINATOR in any
           document or report delivered under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           satisfies the requirements of eligibility contained in the
           definition of ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE,

        o  the PURCHASE AGREEMENT constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
           obligation of the ORIGINATOR, enforceable against that
           ORIGINATOR in accordance with its terms,

        o  the ORIGINATOR is not insolvent,

        o  the ORIGINATOR is the legal and beneficial owner of all right,
           title, and interest in and to each receivable conveyed to the
           transferor by that ORIGINATOR under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, and
           each of those receivables has been or will be transferred to the
           transferor free and clear of any lien except PERMITTED LIENS,

        o  the PURCHASE AGREEMENT constitutes a valid transfer, assignment,
           and conveyance to the transferor of all of the ORIGINATOR'S
           right, title, and interest in and to the receivables conveyed to
           the transferor under that agreement,

        o  all material information with respect to the ACCOUNTS and the
           receivables provided to the transferor by the ORIGINATOR was
           true and correct as of the CLOSING DATE or as of the day
           receivables arising under an ACCOUNT are created, and

        o  each of the ORIGINATOR'S receivables has been conveyed to the
           transferor free and clear of any lien of any person claiming
           through or under that ORIGINATOR or any of its affiliates,
           except PERMITTED LIENS, and in compliance in all material
           respects with all requirements of law applicable to that
           ORIGINATOR.

        In the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, each of the ORIGINATORS additionally
represents and warrants that, among other things:

        o  each receivable of that ORIGINATOR is an account receivable
           arising out of that ORIGINATOR'S performance in accordance with
           the terms of the CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT giving rise to that
           receivable,

        o  the ORIGINATOR has no knowledge of any fact which should have
           led it to expect at the time of the classification of the
           receivable as an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE that the ELIGIBLE
           RECEIVABLE would not be paid in full when due, and each
           receivable classified as an ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE by an ORIGINATOR
           in any document or report under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT satisfies
           the requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of
           ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE in the PURCHASE AGREEMENT,

        o  each receivable of the ORIGINATOR has been conveyed to the
           transferor free and clear of any lien of any person claiming
           through or under that ORIGINATOR or any of its affiliates,
           except PERMITTED LIENS,

        o  all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or any
           declarations with any governmental authority required to be
           obtained by the ORIGINATOR in connection with the transfer of a
           receivable to the transferor have been duly obtained and remain
           in full force and effect, and

        o  all material information with respect to a receivable provided
           to the transferor by the ORIGINATOR is true and correct as of
           the INITIAL CLOSING DATE.

        If any of the representations or warranties of any ORIGINATOR as to
matters described in the three immediately preceding paragraphs were not
true at the time the representation or warranty was made and as a result of
that breach:

        o  the transferor is required to repurchase any receivable from the
           trust under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or

        o  any receivable is designated an INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE under the
           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT,

then the ORIGINATOR will be obligated to pay to the transferor an amount
equal to the amount of all losses, damages, and liabilities of the
transferor that result from that breach, including but not limited to the
cost of any of the transferor's repurchase obligations under the POOLING
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

        Upon any exercise by the transferor of its right to designate
REMOVED ACCOUNTS in connection with the sale by FEDERATED or any affiliate
of FEDERATED of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of
any ORIGINATOR and to remove receivables arising in that REMOVED ACCOUNT
from the trust, the ORIGINATOR of the removed receivables is required to
immediately repurchase each receivable from the transferor by paying to the
transferor an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount the
transferor remitted to the trust in consideration for the transfer of the
removed receivables from the trust to the transferor.

COVENANTS

        In the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, each ORIGINATOR covenants that, among
other things, subject to specified exceptions and limitations:

        o  it will take no action to cause any receivable to be anything
           other than an account, general intangible, or chattel paper,

        o  except for the conveyances under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, it will
           not sell any receivable or grant a lien, other than a PERMITTED
           LIEN, on any receivable,

        o  it will comply with and perform its obligations under any charge
           account agreement to which it is a party and its credit and
           collection policies and that it will not change the terms of
           these agreements or policies except as provided in the PURCHASE
           AGREEMENT,

        o  if it receives a collection on any receivable, it will pay that
           collection to the servicer as soon as practicable,

        o  it will not convey or transfer any ACCOUNTS, except for
           transfers to FDS and as otherwise provided in the PURCHASE
           AGREEMENT,

        o  it will comply with all laws, rules, and regulations applicable
           to the receivables,

        o  it will maintain in all material respects its corporate
           existence and corporate franchises,

        o  it will permit PRC or its agents to examine the records relating
           to the receivables,

        o  it will maintain and implement any administrative or operating
           procedure reasonably necessary for the collection of
           receivables,

        o  if PRC purchases a receivable that does not satisfy the
           eligibility requirements in the PURCHASE AGREEMENT, the
           ORIGINATOR will give prompt notice of that failure to PRC, and
           will furnish to PRC the information, documents, records, or
           reports as PRC may reasonably request,

        o  it will take all actions reasonably necessary to maintain its
           rights under all charge account agreements to which it is a
           party,

        o  it will record each sale of a receivable as a sale on its books
           and records, reflect each sale in its financial statements and
           tax returns as a sale, and recognize gain or loss on that sale,
           if applicable,

        o  it will maintain PRC'S valid and properly perfected title to
           each receivable and will execute and deliver all other documents
           or take all further action to protect PRC'S rights in the
           receivables and enable PRC to exercise those rights, including
           without limitation, by filing UCC financing statements in each
           relevant jurisdiction,

        o  it will cause any receivable that constitutes chattel paper to
           bear a legend stating that the receivable has been conveyed to
           the trust, and

        o  it will not effect any change in the nature of its business that
           could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect
           on the value or collectibility of the receivables.

        FDS may reduce required minimum monthly payment charges, the
calculation of the amount or the timing of charge-offs and the periodic
finance charges and other fees to be assessed or change the terms and
provisions of charge account agreements or the CREDIT AND COLLECTION
POLICIES. However, FDS may not otherwise take these actions if, either:

        o  as a result of a reduction or change it is reasonably expected
           that the reduction or change will cause A PAY OUT EVENT to occur
           for that series, or

        o  a reduction or change:

           -     when FDS owns a comparable segment of receivables, is not
                 applied to the comparable segment of consumer open end
                 credit accounts owned by FDS with the same characteristics
                 as the receivables that are being reduced or changed, and

           -     when FDS does not own a comparable segment of receivables
                 will be made with the intent to benefit PRC over the
                 certificateholders or to materially adversely affect the
                 certificateholders, unless restricted by an endorsement,
                 sponsorship, or other agreement between PRC and an
                 unrelated third party or by the terms of the accounts.

TERMINATION

        If any of the ORIGINATORS becomes insolvent, PRC'S obligations
under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT to that ORIGINATOR will automatically be
terminated. In addition, if a PAY OUT EVENT occurs as to all series of
certificates, PRC'S obligations under the PURCHASE AGREEMENT as to all of
the ORIGINATORS will automatically be terminated. The date of that
termination will be the "PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE" as to the related
ORIGINATOR.


                              SECURITY RATINGS

        Any rating of the certificates by a rating agency will indicate:

        o  its view on the likelihood that certificateholders will receive
           required interest and principal payments, and

        o  its evaluation of the receivables and the availability of any
           enhancement for the certificates.

        Among the things a rating will not indicate are:

        o  the likelihood that A PAY OUT EVENT will occur,

        o  the likelihood that a United States withholding tax will be
           imposed on non-U.S. certificateholders,

        o  the marketability of the certificates

        o  the market price of the certificates, or

        o  whether the certificates are an appropriate investment for you.

        A rating will not be a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the
certificates. A rating may be lowered or withdrawn at any time by a rating
agency.

        PRC will request a rating of the certificates offered by this
prospectus and the prospectus supplement from at least one rating agency.
It will be a condition to the issuance of the certificates of each series
or class offered by this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement
that they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least
one nationally recognized rating organization selected by PRC to rate any
series. The rating or ratings applicable to the certificates of each series
or class offered by this prospectus will be provided in the related
prospectus supplement. Rating agencies other than those requested could
assign a rating to the certificates and that rating could be lower than any
rating assigned by a rating agency chosen by PRC.


                      LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES

        The transfer of the receivables by PRC to the trust constitutes
either a valid transfer and assignment of all of PRC'S interest in and to
the receivables or a grant of a security interest in the receivables. See
"The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Representations and Warranties."

        The receivables are accounts, general intangibles or chattel paper
for purposes of the UCC. Both the transfer and assignment of accounts and
the transfer of accounts as security for an obligation are treated under
Article 9 of the UCC as creating a security interest. The filing of a
financing statement is required to perfect the trust's interest. If a
transfer of general intangibles is considered the creation of a security
interest, rather than a sale, Article 9 of the UCC applies and the filing
of one or more financing statements is also required to perfect the trust's
security interest. Financing statements covering the receivables of the
trust will be filed under the UCC.

        If a transfer of general intangibles is treated as a sale, the UCC
is not applicable and no further action is required to protect the trust's
interest. Although the priority of general intangibles that come into
existence after the initial closing date in this case is not as clear, FDS
and PRC believe that it would not be consistent for a court to give the
trust less favorable treatment if the transfer of the receivables is
considered to be a sale than if it were considered to be creating a
security interest.

        There are some limited circumstances under the UCC in which an
earlier or later transferee of receivables could have an interest in the
receivables with priority over the trust's interest. Under the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT, PRC will represent and warrant that it has transferred
the receivables to the trust free and clear of all liens and security
interests other than tax liens and the interest of PRC as holder of the
EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE. In addition, PRC will covenant that it
will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer, or grant, create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any lien on, any receivable except to the trust or in
connection with any transfer of the accounts selected for the trust. A tax
or other governmental lien on PRC's property arising before a receivable
comes into existence also may have priority over the interest of the trust
in the receivable. There is a good possibility that the trust may not have
a perfected security interest in any of the receivables created after the
filing of a petition for relief by or against an ORIGINATOR or PRC under
the U.S. bankruptcy code or after the appointment of a receiver or
conservator for FDS. It is anticipated that the trust will either own or
have a perfected security interest in receivables existing on the date of
filing a petition by or against an ORIGINATOR or PRC under the U.S.
bankruptcy code or after the date of appointment of a receiver or
conservator or for FDS and will be able to make payments of principal and
interest on the investor certificates, although there can be no assurance
that any of these payments would be timely.

        Because the trust's interest in the receivables is dependent upon
PRC's interest in the receivables, any negative change in the priority or
perfection of PRC's security interest would correspondingly affect the
trust's interest in the affected receivables. In addition, if a receiver or
conservator were appointed for FDS, some administrative expenses of the
receiver or conservator also may have priority over the interest of the
trust in those receivables. While FDS is the servicer, some cash
collections on the receivables may be held by FDS and commingled with its
funds for brief periods, and if an insolvency event occurs, the trust may
not have a perfected interest in the commingled collections.

MATTERS RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY OR RECEIVERSHIP

        FDS has represented and warranted to PRC that the sale of the
receivables is a valid sale. In addition, FDS and PRC have treated and will
treat the transfer of the receivables as a sale. FDS has taken or will take
all actions that are required by the UCC to perfect PRC's ownership
interest in the receivables.

        The FDIC may be appointed a conservator or receiver of FDS. In that
capacity, the FDIC has the power to repudiate or disaffirm the obligations
of the transferor under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT or to request a
stay of any judicial action or proceeding involving FDS.

        A valid perfected security interest of PRC should be enforceable,
to the extent of PRC's "actual direct compensatory damages," regardless of
the insolvency of FDS or the appointment of a receiver or conservator for
FDS if:

        o  FDS granted a security interest in the receivables to PRC and
           PRC granted a security interest in the receivables to the trust,

        o  the interest was validly perfected before FDS' insolvency,

        o  the interest was not taken or granted in contemplation of FDS'
           insolvency or with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud FDS or
           its creditors,

        o  each of the PURCHASE AGREEMENT and the POOLING AND SERVICING
           AGREEMENT is continuously a record of FDS, and

        o  each of the PURCHASE AGREEMENT and the POOLING AND SERVICING
           AGREEMENT represents a bona fide and arm's length transaction
           undertaken for adequate consideration in the ordinary course of
           business.

        If so, payments to the trust should not be open to an automatic
stay of payment or to recovery by the FDIC as unperfected or unenforceable.
The FDIC has the right to require the trustee to establish its right to
payments by submitting to and completing the administrative claims
procedure established under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989. The conservator or receiver has the right to
request a stay of proceedings as to FDS. This could result in delays in
payments on the certificates and possible losses to you.

        The amount that the FDIC is required to pay is limited to your
"actual direct compensatory damages" determined as of the date of the
FDIC's appointment as receiver. There is not a statutory definition of
"actual direct compensatory damages." The staff of the FDIC takes the
position that upon repudiation or disaffirmation these damages would not
include interest accrued to the date of actual repudiation or
disaffirmation. Under the FDIC interpretation, you would receive interest
only through the date of the appointment of the receiver. Since the FDIC
may delay actual repudiation or disaffirmation for up to 180 days following
its appointment as receiver, you may not receive the full amount of
interest owing to you under the certificates. There is one reported federal
district court decision that construes the term "actual direct compensatory
damages." This 1993 court case construed the term, in the context of the
repudiation of zero coupon bonds, to mean the fair market value of those
bonds as of the date of repudiation. You would not be compensated for the
period between the appointment of the receiver and the date of repudiation
under either interpretation.

        In a 1993 decision, Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 997 F.2d
948 (10th Cir. 1993), cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 554 (1993), the United
States Court of Appeals for the 10th Circuit suggested that even where a
transfer of accounts from a seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale,"
the accounts would nevertheless constitute property of the seller's
bankruptcy estate in a bankruptcy of the seller. If PRC were to become part
of a bankruptcy proceeding or FDS were to become subject to receivership
and a court were to follow the Octagon court's reasoning,
certificateholders might experience delays in payment and possibly losses
in their investment in the certificates. Counsel has advised PRC that the
facts of the Octagon case are distinguishable from those in the sale
transaction between FDS and PRC and between PRC and the trust and that the
reasoning of the Octagon case appears to be inconsistent with established
precedent and the UCC. Also, because FDS, PRC, the trust and the
transaction governed by the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT do not have any
particular link to the 10th Circuit, it is unlikely that FDS or PRC would
be subject to an insolvency proceeding in the 10th Circuit. For this
reason, the Octagon case should not be binding precedent on a court or
receiver in an insolvency proceeding involving the receivables.

        PRC has taken or will take all actions that are required under the
UCC to perfect the trust's interest in the receivables. PRC has also
warranted to the trust that the trust will have a first priority interest
in the receivables and, with some exceptions, in the proceeds as well.
However, a tax or government lien on property of FDS or PRC which predates
the time a receivable is conveyed to the trust may have priority over the
interest of the trust in that receivable. PRC's articles of incorporation
state that it shall not file a voluntary petition for relief under the U.S.
bankruptcy code without the unanimous affirmative vote of all of its
directors, including the independent directors. According to the POOLING
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the trustee will covenant that it will not at any
time institute against PRC any bankruptcy, reorganization or other
proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law. In
addition, other steps have been or will be taken to avoid PRC's becoming a
debtor in a bankruptcy case. Aside from these steps, if PRC were to become
a debtor in a bankruptcy case, and a bankruptcy trustee for PRC or a
creditor of PRC were to take the position that the transfer of the
receivables from PRC to the trust should be recharacterized as a pledge of
the receivables, then delays in payments on the certificates and, should
the court rule in favor of the trustee or any creditor, reductions in the
amount of the payments could result.

        PRC has been structured in a manner intended to reduce the
likelihood of the voluntary or involuntary application for relief under the
U.S. bankruptcy code or similar applicable state laws. PRC is also
structured to avoid the substantive consolidation of PRC with FDS. PRC is a
separate, special purpose subsidiary, whose articles of incorporation
contain limitations on the nature of PRC's business and restrictions on the
ability of PRC to commence voluntary or involuntary cases or proceedings
under these laws without the unanimous vote of all its directors.
Additionally, PRC does not intend to file, and FDS has agreed that it will
not file, a voluntary petition for relief under the U.S. bankruptcy code or
any similar state laws as to PRC.

        If PRC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case causing a PAY
OUT EVENT to occur, then, under the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT,
additional PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES would not be transferred to the trust. On
the occurrence of some events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership, if
no PAY OUT EVENT except the commencement of the bankruptcy or similar event
exists, the trustee-in-bankruptcy may have the power to continue to require
PRC to transfer new receivables to the trust and to prevent the
commencement of the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD or, if applicable for any
series as specified in the related prospectus supplement, the RAPID
ACCUMULATION PERIOD.

        Specified events of insolvency, conservatorship or receivership of
the servicer will result in a SERVICER DEFAULT, which will result in A PAY
OUT EVENT. A conservator or receiver of the servicer may have the power to
prevent the trustee and the certificateholders from appointing a successor
servicer if no SERVICER DEFAULT exists except the commencement of a
bankruptcy or similar event.

        Payments made on repurchases of receivables by FDS or PRC may be
recoverable by FDS or PRC, or by a creditor, conservator, receiver or a
trustee-in-bankruptcy of FDS or PRC, as a preferential transfer from FDS or
PRC if these payments are made within one year before the filing of a
bankruptcy case as to FDS or PRC.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

        The relationship of the cardholder and credit card issuer is
extensively regulated by federal and state consumer protection and related
laws. For credit cards issued by FDS, the most significant laws include:

        o  the federal Truth-in-Lending Act,

        o  the Fair Credit Billing Act,

        o  the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act,

        o  the Equal Credit Opportunity Act,

        o  the Fair Credit Reporting Act,

        o  the Electronic Funds Transfer Act,

        o  the National Banking Act, and

        o  applicable state laws.

        Claims may be brought under these statutes by private consumers as
well as federal and state regulators. These statutes impose disclosure
requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is opened,
at the end of monthly billing cycles and at year end and, in addition,
prohibit discriminatory practices in extending credit and impose
limitations on the type of account-related charges that may be assessed.
Federal law requires credit card issuers to disclose to consumers:

        o  the interest rates,

        o  cardholder fees,

        o  grace periods, and

        o  balance calculation methods.

        In addition, cardholders are entitled under current laws to have
payments and credits applied to the credit card account promptly, to
receive prescribed notices and to require billing errors to be resolved
promptly.

        Some laws, including the laws described above, may limit FDS'
ability to collect amounts owing on the receivables regardless of any act
or omission on the part of FDS. For example, under the federal Fair Credit
Billing Act, a credit card issuer is open to all claims, other than tort
claims, and defenses arising out of transactions in which a credit card is
used as a method of payment or extension of credit if:

        o  the obligor has made a good faith attempt to obtain satisfactory
           resolution of a disagreement or problem relative to the
           transaction from the person honoring the credit card, and

        o  except in cases where there is a relationship between the person
           honoring the card and the credit card issuer, the amount of the
           initial transaction exceeds $50 and the place where the initial
           transaction occurred was in the same state as the cardholder's
           mailing address or within 100 miles of that address.

        These statutes further provide that in some cases cardholders
cannot be held liable for, or the cardholder's liability is limited to,
charges to the credit card account that result from unauthorized use of the
credit card.

        Various proposed laws and amendments to existing laws may be
enacted that would further regulate the credit card industry. [In
particular, certain proposed legislation would impose a ceiling on the rate
at which a financial institution may assess finance charges and fees on
credit card accounts that would be substantially below the rates of the
finance charges and fees the FDS currently assesses on its accounts.] The
potential effect of any legislation which limits the amount of finance
charges and fees that may be charged on credit cards could be to reduce the
PORTFOLIO YIELD on the accounts. If the PORTFOLIO YIELD is reduced, a PAY
OUT EVENT may occur, and the EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD would commence. Any
new laws or rulings that may be adopted, and existing consumer protection
laws, may adversely affect the ability to collect on the receivables. In
addition, failure of the servicer to comply with those requirements could
adversely affect the servicer's ability to enforce the receivables.

        Some jurisdictions may attempt to require out-of-state credit card
issuers to comply with their consumer protection laws in connection with
their operations in those jurisdictions. These laws may include a
limitation on the charges imposed by credit card issuers. If it were
determined that out-of-state credit card issuers must comply with a
jurisdiction's laws limiting the charges imposed by credit card issuers,
those actions could have an adverse impact on FDS' credit card operations.
Application of federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws,
including the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, would affect
the interests of the holders of the certificates if the protection provided
to debtors under those laws result in any receivables of the trust being
written off as uncollectible.

        The trust may be liable for violations of consumer protection laws
that apply to the receivables transferred to it, either as assignee from
PRC for obligations arising before the transfer or as a party directly
responsible for obligations arising after the transfer. In addition, a
cardholder may be entitled to assert these violations by way of set-off
against his or her obligation to pay the amount of receivables owing. PRC
will warrant to the trust in the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT that all
receivables transferred to the trust have been and will be created in
compliance with the requirements of these laws. See "The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement--Representations and Warranties" for additional
discussion.


CLAIMS AND DEFENSES OF CARDHOLDERS AGAINST THE TRUST

        The UCC provides that unless a cardholder has made an enforceable
agreement not to assert defenses or claims arising out of a transaction,
the rights of the trust are limited by:

        o  all the terms of the cardholder agreement between FDS and the
           cardholder,

        o  any defense or claim of the cardholder,

        o  rights of set-off, and

        o  any other defense or claim of the cardholder against FDS that
           accrues before the cardholder receives notification of the
           assignment.

        The UCC also provides that any cardholder is authorized to continue
to pay FDS until:

        o  the cardholder receives notification, reasonably identifying the
           rights assigned, that the amount due or to become due has been
           assigned and that payment is to be made to the trustee or
           successor servicer, and

        o  if requested by the cardholders, the trustee or successor
           servicer has furnished reasonable proof of assignment.

        No agreement as to defenses has been entered into and no notice of
the assignment of the receivables to the trust will be sent to the
cardholders obligated on the accounts in connection with the transfer of
the receivables to the trust.


                                TAX MATTERS


        The following general discussion summarizes material U.S. federal
income tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition
of a certificate. This discussion applies only to certificates offered
under this prospectus. This summary deals primarily with U.S. CERTIFICATE
OWNERS who acquire their certificates at their original issue price in the
original issuance of those certificates and who hold their certificates as
a capital asset.

        This discussion is based on present provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the proposed, temporary and final
Treasury regulations under the tax code, and administrative rulings or
pronouncements and judicial decisions:

        o  all as in effect on the date of this prospectus, and

        o  all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive
           effect.


        This discussion does not address all of the tax consequences that
may be relevant to a certificateholder because of that certificateholder's
particular circumstances. It also does not address the U.S. federal income
tax consequences that may be relevant to some types of certificateholders
that are subject to special treatment under the tax code, including:


        o  dealers in securities or currencies,

        o  financial institutions,

        o  tax-exempt entities,


        o  insurance companies,


        o  persons holding certificates as a part of a hedging, integrated,
           conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, or

        o  persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

Also, the following discussion does not consider the alternative minimum
tax consequences, if any, of the investment in the certificates, or the
state, local or foreign tax consequences of the investment. Each
prospective certificateholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor in
determining the federal, state, local and foreign income and any other tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of a certificate.

        The trust will not ask the IRS for a ruling regarding any of the
U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed in this prospectus. As a
result, the trust can give no assurance that the IRS will not take
positions contrary to those described below. Opinions of counsel are not
binding on the IRS or the courts. In addition, the opinions of Jones, Day,
Reavis & Pogue described below are based on the representations and
assumptions described in those opinions, including, but not limited to, the
assumption that all of the relevant parties will comply with all terms of
the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, the SUPPLEMENT, and the PURCHASE
AGREEMENT. The conclusions of tax counsel described in the opinions and the
discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences in this prospectus
may not be accurate:

        o  if those representations are inaccurate, and/or

        o  if the relevant parties fail to comply with the terms of these
           agreements.

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST


        The transferor anticipates that Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue will
furnish an opinion to the transferor, in relation to the issuance of
certificates of any series offered by this prospectus, that the trust will
not be classified as an association or as a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The opinion
will be based on the assumptions and qualifications described in that
opinion and on certain representations or covenants. As discussed in the
previous paragraph, however, this opinion is not binding on the IRS and no
assurance can be given that this characterization will prevail. See the
last three paragraphs of this subsection for discussion of possible
alternative characterizations of the trust.


        The assumptions and qualifications described in the opinion will
include:

        o  an assumption that any secondary transactions entered into for
           any certificates or other interests in the trust, like the
           deposit of certificates into a second trust and the issuance of
           securities out of that trust, will not adversely affect the U.S.
           federal income tax status of the trust, and

        o  the qualification that the opinion is limited to the issuance of
           the certificates of that series by the trust.

        If other interests in the trust, excluding the certificates, for
which no opinion will be rendered that those interests would constitute
debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are characterized as equity
interests in a partnership, then the trust could be treated as a publicly
traded partnership.

        If all or part of the trust were treated as a partnership in which
some or all holders of one or more series were partners, that partnership
could be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation. Unless specified exceptions apply, a partnership will be
classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation if
equity interests in that partnership:

        o  are traded on an "established securities market", or

        o  are "readily tradeable" on a "secondary market" or its
           "substantial equivalent".

One exception would be if the trust is not engaged in a "financial
business" and 90% or more of its income consists of interest and other
types of passive income. Because Treasury regulations do not clarify the
meaning of "financial business" for this purpose, it is unclear whether
this exception applies. The POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT and each
SUPPLEMENT contains provisions designed to reduce the risk that the trust
could be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation due to trading of interests in the trust other than the
certificates for which an opinion is furnished that the certificates
constitute debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. There can be no
assurance, however, that the trust could not become a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation, because some of the actions necessary
to comply with the exception are not fully within the control of the
transferor.

        If the trust were treated in whole or in part as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation, the taxable income of the trust would
be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the applicable marginal corporate
income tax rates applicable to that income. This entity-level tax could
result in reduced distributions to certificateholders. In addition, the
distributions from the trust would not be deductible in computing the
taxable income of the deemed corporation, except to the extent that:

        o  any certificates were treated as debt of the corporation, and

        o  distributions to the related certificateholders were treated as
           payments of interest on the certificates.

Further, distributions to certificateholders not treated as holding debt
would be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the
extent of the current and accumulated earnings and profits of the deemed
corporation.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

        Tax Characterization of the Certificates as Debt


        The transferor will express in the POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
its intent that the certificates will be treated as debt of the transferor
for all U.S. tax purposes. The transferor, by entering into the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT, and each certificateholder, by the acceptance of a
beneficial interest in a certificate, will agree to treat the certificates
as debt of the transferor for U.S. tax purposes. However, the POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT generally refers to the transfer of receivables as a
"transfer, assignment and conveyance," and the transferor will treat the
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, for some non-tax accounting purposes, as
causing a transfer of an ownership interest in the receivables to the trust
and not as creating a debt obligation.

        For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the economic substance of a
transaction usually determines its tax consequences. The form of a
transaction, while a relevant factor, is generally not conclusive evidence
of the economic substance of the transaction. In appropriate circumstances,
the courts have allowed the IRS, as well as taxpayers, in more limited
circumstances, to treat a transaction in accordance with its economic
substance, as determined under U.S. federal income tax law, even though the
participants in the transaction have characterized it differently for
non-tax purposes.

        The IRS and the courts have determined whether the economic
substance of a purported sale of an interest in property is, instead, a
loan secured by the transferred property based on numerous factors designed
to determine whether the seller has relinquished and the purchaser has
obtained substantial incidents of ownership in the transferred property.
The primary factors examined are whether the purchaser has the opportunity
for gain if the property increases in value and has the risk of loss if the
property decreases in value. Except as otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue is of the opinion that,
although no transaction closely comparable to that contemplated in this
prospectus has been the subject of any Treasury regulation, revenue ruling
or judicial decision, the certificates will be properly characterized as
indebtedness of the transferor for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The
discussion below assumes that the certificates will be considered debt of
the transferor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.


        Taxation of Interest Income on the Certificates

        General. The transferor intends to take the position that a U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNER generally will include the stated interest on a
certificate in gross income when that interest income is received or
accrued according to that U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER'S regular method of tax
accounting. This conclusion is based on the transferor's position that the
stated interest on a certificate is unconditionally payable.

        Under the applicable Treasury regulations, the stated interest on
the certificates will be considered unconditionally payable only if the
terms and conditions of the certificates make the likelihood of late
payment or non-payment of the stated interest a remote contingency. The
transferor believes that the late payment or non-payment of stated interest
on the certificates is a remote contingency:

        o  because the trust and the trustee will have no discretion to
           withhold, delay or otherwise defer scheduled monthly payments of
           stated interest on the certificates, if the trust has sufficient
           cash on hand to allow the trustee to make those interest
           payments, and

        o  based on the ratings of the certificates.

        If, however, the stated interest on the certificates is not
considered unconditionally payable:

        o  the stated interest on the certificates will be considered
           original issue discount, and

        o  a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER will be required to include that stated
           interest in income, as original issue discount, on a daily
           economic accrual basis despite that person's regular method of
           tax accounting and without regard to whether cash related to
           that income is paid at the same time.

In addition, if the stated interest on the certificates is not paid in full
on a DISTRIBUTION DATE, the certificates may at that time, and at all later
times, be considered to be issued with original issue discount and all U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNERS would be required to include that stated interest in
income as original issue discount on an economic accrual basis.

        Original Issue Discount Obligations. Assuming that the stated
interest on the certificates is considered to be "unconditionally payable,"
a series of certificates will not be considered to have been issued with
original issue discount unless:

        o  a substantial amount of that series of certificates is sold, in
           the original issuance of those certificates, to investors at a
           price that is less than the stated principal amount of those
           certificates, and

        o  the amount of the discount exceeds a statutory de minimis amount
           of original issue discount.

Under applicable regulations, a holder of a certificate issued with de
minimis original issue discount must include the original issue discount in
income proportionately as principal payments are made on a class of
certificates.

        A U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER must include the amount of the original
issue discount in income on a daily economic accrual basis without regard
to that person's method of accounting and without regard to receipt of cash
related to that income. A U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER will not be required to
include in income separately any payments received on the certificates of
the original issue discount. The relevant prospectus supplement will
disclose if any series of certificates is issued with original issue
discount.

        A certificateholder who purchases a certificate at a discount from
its adjusted issue price may be subject to the "market discount" rules of
the tax code. The relevant parts of these rules provide:

        o  for gain attributable to accrued market discount to be treated
           as ordinary income when partial principal payments are received,
           or when the certificate is sold or disposed of, and

        o  for interest deductions related to any debt incurred to acquire
           or carry the market discount certificate to be deferred.

        A certificateholder that purchases a certificate for an amount
greater than the sum of all amounts payable on that certificate after the
purchase date other than payments of "qualified stated interest", the
"stated redemption amount," will be considered to have purchased the
certificate at a premium. That certificateholder may generally choose to
amortize the premium as an offset to interest income using a constant yield
method over the remaining term of the certificate.

        Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Certificates

        Upon a sale or other taxable exchange, retirement or disposition of
a certificate, a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER will recognize gain or loss equal
to the difference between:

        o  the amount realized on that sale, exchange, retirement or other
           disposition, less an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid
           interest that the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER has not included in
           gross income previously, which will be taxable as gross income,
           and

        o  the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER'S adjusted tax basis in that
           certificate:

           -     as increased by any original issue discount or market
                 discount previously included in income by the holder, and

           -     as decreased by any deductions previously allowed for
                 amortizable bond premium and by any payments reflecting
                 principal or original issue discount received for that
                 certificate.

This gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will
be considered long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER
held the certificate for more than one year at the time of the sale,
exchange, retirement or other disposition and subject to the market
discount provisions of the tax code. The long-term capital gains of
individuals, estates, and trusts generally are eligible for reduced rates
of taxation. Capital losses generally may be used only to offset capital
gains.

NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS


        Assuming that all of the certificates issued to NON-U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNERS are considered debt of the transferor for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and the interest on the certificates is not "contingent
interest," under present U.S. federal income tax law, and subject to the
discussion on backup withholding below under "--Information Reporting and
Backup Withholding":


        o  no withholding of U.S. federal income tax will be required for
           the payment by the transferor or any withholding agent of
           principal or interest on a certificate owned by a NON-U.S.
           CERTIFICATE OWNER if:

           -     the beneficial owner does not actually or constructively
                 own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all
                 classes of stock of the transferor entitled to vote within
                 the meaning of section 871(h)(3) of the tax code and the
                 Treasury regulations under the tax code,

           -     the beneficial owner is not a controlled foreign
                 corporation that is related to the transferor through
                 stock ownership,

           -     the beneficial owner is not a bank whose receipt of
                 interest on a certificate is described in section
                 881(c)(3)(A) of the tax code, and

           -     the beneficial owner satisfies the statement requirement
                 provided in section 871(h) and section 881(c) of the tax
                 code and the Treasury regulations under the tax code.


        To satisfy the statement requirement referred to above, the
certificateholder, or a financial institution holding the certificate on
behalf of the owner, must provide, in accordance with specified procedures,
the transferor or any withholding agent with a statement to the effect that
the certificateholder is not a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER. Currently, these
requirements will be met if:


        o  the certificateholder provides its name and address, and
           certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S.
           CERTIFICATE OWNER, which certification may be made on an IRS
           Form W-8 or successor form, or

        o  a financial institution holding the certificate on behalf of a
           certificate owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, that
           the statement has been received by it and furnishes any
           withholding agent with a copy.

Under recently finalized Treasury regulations, the statement requirement
also may be satisfied with other documentary evidence for interest paid
after December 31, 2000 to an offshore account or through some foreign
intermediaries.

        If a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER cannot satisfy the requirements
described above, payments of interest made to that beneficial owner will be
subject to a 30% withholding tax unless that beneficial owner provides the
transferor or any withholding agent with a properly executed:

        o  IRS Form 1001, or successor form, claiming an exemption from, or
           a reduction in the rate of, that withholding tax under the
           benefit of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty, or

        o  IRS Form 4224, or successor form, stating that the interest paid
           on the certificate is not subject to that withholding tax
           because it is effectively connected with the certificateholder's
           conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

Under recently finalized Treasury regulations, NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS
generally will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8 in lieu of an IRS
Form 1001 and IRS Form 4224, although alternative documentation may be
applicable in some situations.

        The NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER, although exempt from the U.S.
withholding tax discussed above, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on the interest on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a
U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER if:

        o  it is engaged in a trade or business in the United States, and

        o  the interest on its certificates is effectively connected with
           the conduct of that trade or business.

In addition, if that NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER is a foreign corporation,
it may be subject to a U.S. branch profits tax equal to 30%, or lower
applicable treaty rate, of its effectively connected earnings and profits
for the taxable year, subject to adjustments. For this purpose, the
interest income will be included in that foreign corporation's earnings and
profits.

        Any gain realized by a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER upon the sale,
exchange, retirement or other disposition of a certificate generally will
not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

        o  the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business
           of the NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER in the United States,

        o  for a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER who is an individual, that
           individual is present in the United States for 183 days or more
           in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, retirement or other
           disposition, and other conditions are met, or

        o  to the extent the gain is considered accrued but unpaid
           interest, the requirements described above for interest are not
           satisfied.

        If the certificates were treated as an interest in a partnership,
except a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, instead of
indebtedness that characterization could cause a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER
to be treated as engaged in a trade or business in the United States, in
which case, the NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER:

        o  would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return, and

        o  generally would be subject to U.S. federal income tax,
           including, for a NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER that is a
           corporation, the U.S. branch profits tax, on its allocable share
           of the net income from the partnership.

Further, withholding may apply to partnership income that is allocable to a
NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER that is considered to be a partner in the
partnership. That withholding would be imposed at a rate equal to the
highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to the NON-U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNER. Alternatively, if some or all of the certificates were
treated as equity interests in a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation, the gross amount of any related dividend distributions to a
NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER generally would be subject to U.S. withholding
tax at the rate of 30%, unless that rate were reduced under an applicable
U.S. income tax treaty. See the last three paragraphs of "--Tax
Characterization of the Trust" above for discussion of possible alternative
characterizations of the trust.

        Special rules may apply for NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS who:

        o  have an office or other fixed place of business in the U.S.,

        o  are former U.S. citizens,

        o  are engaged in a banking, financing, insurance or similar
           business in the U.S., or

        o  are "controlled foreign corporations," "foreign personal holding
           companies," "passive foreign investment companies" or
           corporations that accumulate earnings in order to avoid U.S.
           federal income tax.

These persons should consult their own U.S. tax advisors before investing in
the certificates.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

        In general, information reporting requirements will apply to some
payments of principal and interest paid on certificates and to the proceeds
of the sale of a certificate made by U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNERS except some
exempt recipients, like corporations. A 31% backup withholding tax will
apply to those payments if the U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER fails to provide a
taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails
to report in full dividend and interest income.

        No information reporting or backup withholding will be required for
payments made by the transferor or any withholding agent to a NON-U.S.
CERTIFICATE OWNER if the statement described above under "--Non-U.S.
Certificate Owners" has been received and the payor does not have knowledge
that the NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER is actually a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER.

        In addition, backup withholding and information reporting will not
apply if payments of principal and interest on a certificate are paid or
collected by a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other foreign
agent on behalf of a certificateholder or if a foreign office of a broker,
as defined in applicable Treasury regulations, pays the proceeds of the
sale of a certificate to the owner of that security. If, however, the
custodian, nominee, agent or broker is, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes:

        o  a United States person,

        o  a controlled foreign corporation,

        o  a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income
           for specified periods from the conduct of a trade or business in
           the United States, or

        o  for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2000, a foreign
           partnership in which one or more United States persons, in
           total, own more than 50% of the income or capital interests in
           the partnership or which is engaged in a trade or business in
           the United States,

those payments will not be subject to backup withholding but will be
subject to information reporting, unless:

        o  that custodian, nominee, agent or broker has documentary
           evidence in its records that the relevant certificateholder is
           not a United States person and other conditions are met, or

        o  the certificateholder establishes an exemption.

        Payments of principal and interest on a certificate paid to the
certificateholder by a United States office of a custodian, nominee or
agent, or the payment by the United States office of a broker of the
proceeds of the sale of a certificate, will be subject to both backup
withholding and information reporting unless:

        o  the relevant certificateholder provides the statement referred
           to above under "--Non-U.S. Certificate Owners, and

        o  the payor has no knowledge that the certificateholder is
           actually a U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER or the certificateholder
           establishes an exemption.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be
allowed as a refund or a credit against a certificateholder's U.S. federal
income tax liability if the required information is furnished to the IRS.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

        The discussion above does not address the tax consequences of the
purchase, ownership or disposition of a certificate under any state or
local tax law. Each investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding
state and local tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of a
certificate.


                    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERATIONS

        A plan fiduciary considering an investment in the offered
certificates should consider that an investment might constitute or give
rise to a prohibited transaction under Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, and the tax code or any substantially similar
federal, state or local law. ERISA and the tax code impose restrictions on:

        o  employee benefit plans as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA,

        o  plans described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the tax code, including
           retirement accounts and Keogh plans,

        o  entities whose underlying asset include plan assets by reason of
           a plan's investment in these entities, and

        o  persons who have specified relationships to a plan described as
           "parties in interest" under ERISA and "disqualified persons"
           under the tax code.

REGULATION UNDER ERISA AND THE TAX CODE

        ERISA imposes duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a plan.
Under ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or control over the
management or disposition of a plan's assets is considered to be a
fiduciary of that plan. Both ERISA and the tax code prohibit some
transactions involving "plan assets" between a plan and parties in interest
or disqualified persons. Violations of these rules may result in the
imposition of an excise tax or penalty.

        The term "plan assets" is not defined by ERISA or the tax code.
However, a plan's assets may be considered to include an interest in the
underlying assets of the trust if the plan acquires an "equity interest" in
the trust. An equity interest includes the certificates. If so, the
operation of the trust may result in a prohibited transaction under ERISA
and the tax code.

FINAL REGULATION ISSUED BY THE DOL

        The U.S. Department of Labor issued a final regulation which
provides exceptions to a plan which acquires an equity interest in the
trust. If a plan acquires a "publicly-offered security," the issuer of the
security is not treated as holding plan assets. A publicly-offered security
is a security that:

        o  is freely transferable,

        o  is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more
           investors
               independent of the issuer and of one another, and

        o  is either:

           -     part of a class of securities registered under Section
                 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act, or

           -     sold to the plan as part of an offering of securities to
                 the public under an effective registration statement under
                 the Securities Act and the class of securities of which
                 that security is part is registered under the Securities
                 Exchange Act within the requisite time.

        Although it is anticipated that the conditions of this exception
may be met for some classes of certificates, no assurances can be given and
no monitoring will be done.

        In addition, the final regulation provides that if at all times
more than 75% of the value of all classes of equity interests in
certificates of a series are held by investors other than plan investors,
an investing plan's assets will not include any of the underlying assets of
the trust.

        If the criteria for publicly-offered securities are not met for any
class of offered certificates, the trust assets may be treated as including
assets of plans that are certificateholders. If so, transactions involving
the trust and parties in interest or disqualified persons relating to plans
that are certificateholders might be prohibited under ERISA and the tax
code. For example, if a participant in any plan is a cardholder of one of
the accounts, under DOL interpretations the holding of interests in
certificates by that plan could constitute a prohibited transaction. In
addition, if PRC or any underwriter of that series is a party in interest
or a disqualified person for an investing plan, the purchase of an interest
in certificates by that plan could constitute a prohibited transaction. An
investment by a plan in certificates could result in liability under ERISA
and the tax code unless a statutory or administrative exemption exists and
the plan satisfies all conditions for exemptive relief.

EXEMPTIONS TO PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

        There are five class exemptions issued by the DOL that could apply
in the event of a prohibited transaction. These DOL Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemptions apply to:

        o  plan asset transactions determined by independent qualified
           professional asset managers (PTE 84-14),

        o  some transactions involving bank collective investment funds
           (PTE 91-38),

        o  some transactions involving insurance company pooled separate
           accounts (PTE 90-1),

        o  some transactions involving insurance company general accounts
           (PTE 95-60), and

        o  plan asset transactions determined by in-house asset managers
           (PTE 96-23).

        We can provide no assurance that these exemptions or any other
exemption will apply, even if all of the conditions specified are
satisfied.

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR INSURANCE COMPANIES

        Based on the reasoning of the United States Supreme Court in John
Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517
(1993), an insurance company's general account may be deemed to include
assets of the plans investing in the general account, e.g., through the
purchase of an annuity contract, and the insurance company might be treated
as a party-in-interest with respect to a plan by virtue of that investment.

        Any purchaser that is an insurance company using the assets of an
insurance company general account should note that the Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996 added new Section 401(c) of ERISA relating to the
status of the assets of insurance company general accounts under ERISA and
Section 4975 of the tax code. Pursuant to Section 401(c), the Department of
Labor issued final regulations effective January 5, 2000 with respect to
insurance policies issued on or before December 31, 1998 that are supported
by an insurer's general account. As a result of these regulations, assets
of an insurance company general account will not be treated as "plan
assets" for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA
and Section 4975 of the tax code to the extent those assets relate to
contracts issued to employee benefit plans on or before December 31, 1998
and the insurer satisfies various conditions.

        Section 401(c) also provides that, except in the case of avoidance
of the final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and actions
brought by the Secretary of Labor relating to certain breaches of fiduciary
duties that also constitute breaches of state or federal criminal law,
until the date that is 18 months after the final regulations issued by the
Department of Labor become final, no liability under the fiduciary
responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section
4975 of the tax code may result on the basis of a claim that the assets of
the general account of an insurance company constitute the "plan assets" of
any such plan.

        The plan asset status of insurance company separate accounts is
unaffected by new Section 401(c) of ERISA, and separate account assets
continue to be treated as the plan assets of any of those plans invested in
a separate account. Potential investors considering the purchase of
certificates of any series on behalf of an insurance company general
account should consult their legal advisors regarding the effect of these
regulations on the investment.

GENERAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

        Prospective fiduciaries of a plan considering the purchase of
interests in certificates of any series should consult with their legal
advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the tax code and the potential
consequences of making an investment in the certificates based on their
specific circumstances. Each plan fiduciary should take into account, among
other considerations:

        o  whether the fiduciary has the authority to make the investment,

        o  the composition of the plan's portfolio as to diversification by
           type of asset,

        o  the plan's funding objectives,

        o  the tax effects of the investment,

        o  whether the assets of the trust which are represented by these
           interests would be considered plan assets, and

        o  whether, under the general fiduciary standards of investment
           prudence and diversification an investment in certificates of
           any series is appropriate for the plan taking into account the
           overall investment policy of the plan and the composition of the
           plan's investment portfolio.

        Some employee benefit plans, for example, governmental plans and
some church plans, are not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA
and Section 4975 of the tax code. For this reason, assets of these plans
may be invested in the certificates of each series without regard to the
ERISA considerations described here, subject to the provisions of any other
applicable federal and state law. It should be noted that any plan that is
qualified and exempt from taxation under the tax code is subject to the
prohibited transaction rules described in the tax code.


             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION FOR THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

        The place and time of delivery for any series of certificates will
be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement. PRC may sell
certificates:

        o  through underwriters or dealers,

        o  directly to one or more purchasers, or

        o  through agents.

        The prospectus supplement for any offered series will describe the
terms of the offering of the offered certificates, including:

        o  the name or names of any underwriters for the certificates,

        o  the purchase price of the certificates,

        o  the proceeds to PRC from the sale,

        o  any underwriting discounts,

        o  any other compensation of the underwriters,

        o  the initial offering price, and

        o  any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to
           dealers.

        Under each underwriting agreement, PRC will agree to sell to each
of the underwriters in the related prospectus supplement the principal
amount of the offered certificates. In turn, each of those underwriters
will agree to purchase from PRC the principal amount of certificates
described in the underwriting agreement and in the related prospectus
supplement. The underwriting agreement may allow for a proportional
adjustment in the event of an increase or decrease in the full amount of
the offered certificates. If there is a default by any underwriter, the
underwriting agreement will provide that, in some circumstances, purchase
commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the
underwriting agreement may be ended.

        Each underwriting agreement will provide that PRC will indemnify
the related underwriters against some liabilities, including liabilities
under the federal securities laws.


                               LEGAL MATTERS

        Legal matters relating to the issuance of certificates will be
passed upon for PRC by Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, New York, New York.
Legal matters relating to the issuance of certificates will be passed upon
for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York,
New York.


                       REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

        Unless and until DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES are issued, monthly and
annual reports, which contain unaudited information concerning the trust
and which are prepared by the servicer, will be sent on behalf of the trust
to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC and registered holder of the related
certificates. These reports will not constitute financial statements
prepared under generally accepted accounting principles. PRC does not
intend to send any of its financial reports to registered holders of
certificates or to owners of beneficial interests in the certificates. PRC
will file with the SEC the periodic reports relating to the trust that are
required under federal securities laws. PRC may suspend the filing of
periodic reports to the extent the filings are no longer required of PRC.
See "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration" and
"--Reports to Certificateholders" and "The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Evidence as to Compliance."


                    WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We filed a registration statement relating to the securities with
the SEC. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the
registration statement includes additional information.

        The SEC allows us to incorporate information by reference to SEC
filings. This means that we can disclose information to you by referring to
those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to
be part of this prospectus. We refer you to the registration statement for
additional information, including any amendments and exhibits. We also
incorporate by reference any future annual, monthly and special SEC reports
and proxy materials filed by or on behalf of the trust until the offering
of the certificates has ended.

        Information that we file later with the SEC will automatically
update the information in this prospectus. You should always rely on the
later information over different information included in this prospectus or
the related prospectus supplement. All reports, statements and other
information we file are available for inspection without charge at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at:

        o  450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,

        o  7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and

        o  Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
           Illinois 60661-2511.

        Copies of the filings may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of the public reference rooms. In addition,
the SEC maintains a Web site at "http://www.sec.gov" that contains filings
and information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
SEC.

        As a recipient of this prospectus, you may request a copy of any
document we incorporate, except exhibits to those documents (unless the
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in those documents), at
no cost, by writing us at: Prime Receivables Corporation, 7 West 7th
Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, attention: David Dawson, or calling us at
(513) 579-7580.


                      GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS

        "ACCOUNTS" means all of the consumer revolving credit card accounts
owned by the originators on the Cut-Off Date, each Automatic Additional
Account, and each Supplemental Account.

        "ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a period:

        o  beginning on a date determined as described in the related
           prospectus supplement, and

        o  ending on the earliest of:

           -     the start of the Early Amortization Period,

           -     the date specified in the related prospectus supplement,
                 and

           -     the date that the trust terminates; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables up to the amount
specified in the related prospectus supplement are accumulated in a
Principal Funding Account for payment to certificateholders of that series
or class on the Expected Final Payment Date.

        "ACTIVE ACCOUNTS" means any Account in which there has been either
purchase or merchandise return activity during the preceding 12 Monthly
Periods.

        "ADDITION CUT-OFF DATE" means any date PRC designates any
Supplemental Account for inclusion in the trust.

        "ADDITION DATE" means the date PRC, under the conditions specified
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, adds receivables arising in
Accounts owned by FDS or another Originator to the trust.

        "ADDITIONAL ACCOUNT" means each Automatic Additional Account and
Supplemental Account.

        "ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means interest on overdue Monthly Interest at
the rate specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        "ADJUSTMENT PAYMENT" means any payment PRC must make into the
Excess Funding Account equal to the amount by which the servicer adjusts
downward the Principal Receivables:

        o  for which it received no collections and no charge-off has
           occurred, and

        o  which causes the Minimum Transferor Interest to exceed the
           Transferor Interest.

        "AGGREGATE ADDITION LIMIT" means a number of accounts which either:

        o  for any three-month period, may not exceed 15% of the number of
           active accounts as of the first day of the calendar year during
           which those Monthly Periods begin, or

        o  for any twelve-month period, equals 20% of the number of active
           accounts as of the first day of that twelve-month period.

        "AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means, for any series or any class within a
series, any Early Amortization or Accumulation period.

        "AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS" means:

        o  each consumer revolving credit card account:

           -     originated by an Originator during the normal operation of
                 its credit card business and not acquired by the
                 transferor or that Originator from another credit card
                 issuer,

           -     in existence and owned by that Originator and the
                 receivables of which had been transferred to the
                 transferor under the Purchase Agreement on the Addition
                 Date and in existence at the close of business on the date
                 that receivables generated in that account are designated
                 for inclusion in the trust,

           -     payable in United States dollars, and

           -     whose receivables have not been charged off before the
                 date of their designation for inclusion in the trust, and

        o  other consumer credit card accounts whose receivables each
           rating agency permits to be added automatically to the trust.

        "BASE RATE" means, generally, for any Monthly Period, the
annualized percentage equivalent of the sum of:

        o  a fraction:

           -     whose numerator is the sum of the Monthly Interest of each
                 class of
                      certificates for the related Interest Accrual Period, and

           -     whose denominator is the Invested Amount on the last
                 business day of that Monthly Period, and

        o  a fraction:

           -     whose numerator is the monthly servicing fee for that
                 Monthly Period, and

           -     whose denominator is the Invested Amount on the last
                 business day of the preceding Monthly Period;

provided that this fraction for the Base Rate may be altered in the related
Supplement.

        "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" means an account providing credit
enhancement for a series or class of certificates directly or indirectly as
security for a Cash Collateral Guaranty.

        "CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY" means a guaranty secured by the deposit
of cash or Cash Equivalents in a Cash Collateral Account reserved for the
beneficiaries of that Cash Collateral Guaranty.

        "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means those investments described under
"Description of the Certificates--Trust Accounts."

        "CERTIFICATE RATE" means the interest rate per annum applicable for
any series or class of certificates.

        "CHARGE ACCOUNT AGREEMENT" means the agreement:

        o  consisting of one or more documents,

        o  whose terms and conditions obligates a person to pay for
           purchased merchandise or services under a credit plan that
           permits that person to purchase merchandise and services on
           credit, together with any finance charges and other related
           charges,

as that agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time; provided, however, that only agreements between that person and (1)
an Originator or (2) a creditor approved by each of the ratings agencies
will be considered a Charge Account Agreement.

        "CLEARSTREAM" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, an
institution administering a book-entry settlement system for trading of
securities in Europe.

        "CLEARSTREAM CUSTOMERS" means organizations participating in
Clearstream's book-entry system.

        "CLOSING DATE" means the date of issuance of a series.

        "COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT" means a subordinated interest in a
series of certificates in an amount initially equal to the percentage of
the certificates of that series specified in the related prospectus
supplement.

        "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" means a non-interest bearing segregated
account held for the benefit of the certificateholders into which the
servicer deposits collections on the receivables.

        "CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

        o  beginning on a date specified in the related prospectus
           supplement after the Revolving Period, and

        o  ending on the earliest of:

           -     the start of the Early Amortization Period or the Rapid
                 Accumulation Period,

           -     the date specified in the related prospectus supplement,
                 and

           -     the Trust Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables up to the amount
specified in the related prospectus supplement are deposited monthly into
the Principal Funding Account for payment to certificateholders on the
Expected Final Payment Date.

        "CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

        o  beginning on a date specified in the related prospectus
           supplement, and

        o  ending on the earliest of:

           -     the start of the Early Amortization Period, and

           -     the date specified in the related prospectus supplement;
                 and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Invested
Amount and other amounts up to an amount specified in the related
prospectus supplement are paid to certificateholders of that series or
class on each Distribution Date.

        "CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICIES" means the written policies and
procedures of any Originator relating to the operation of its consumer
revolving lending business, including:

        o  determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers,

        o  the extension of credit to credit card customers, and

        o  relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and
           collection of receivables,

as these policies and procedures may be modified in accordance with
requirements of law, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Purchase
Agreement.

        "CUT-OFF DATE" means for Receivables in Accounts owned by each
Originator, the date on which the last cycle of the Originator was billed
in the [ ] fiscal month.

        "DATE OF DETERMINATION" means with respect to the Yield Factor or
the Finance Charge Receivable Factor, respectively, the date on which that
factor is determined, which will in no event be later than the tenth
business day after the end of the preceding Monthly Period.

        "DEFAULT AMOUNT" means on any business day, the amount of defaulted
receivables described under "Description of the Certificates--Defaulted
Receivables" and calculated as described in the related prospectus
supplement.

        "DEFAULTED ACCOUNT" means each account with respect to which, in
accordance with the servicer's customary and usual servicing procedures,
the servicer has charged off the receivables in that account as
uncollectible.

        "DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES" means certificates in fully registered,
certificated form that are only issued to certificateholders under the
circumstances described under "Description of the Certificates--Definitive
Certificates."

        DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means a non-interest bearing segregated
demand account from which the trust makes all distributions to
certificateholders.

        "DISTRIBUTION DATE" means each date specified in the related
prospectus supplement on which distributions of interest or principal are
to be made to certificateholders.

        "DTC PARTICIPANTS" means participants of DTC including securities
brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and
certain other organizations.

        "EARLY AMORTIZATION PERIOD" means for any series, a period:

        o  beginning on the earliest of:

           -     the day a Pay Out Event occurs,

           -     the Expected Final Payment Date for the most senior class,
                 if the Invested Amount for that class has not been paid in
                 full on that date and

           -     any other date specified in the related prospectus
                 supplement, and

        o  ending on the earlier of:

           -     the Trust Termination Date and

           -     the Series Termination Date; and

        "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" means each account satisfying the requirements
listed in "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Eligible Accounts; Eligible
Receivables."

        "ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE" means each receivable satisfying the
requirements listed in "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Eligible
Accounts; Eligible Receivables."

        "ENHANCEMENT" means, with respect to any Series:

        o  any letter of credit

        o  cash collateral account

        o  guaranty

        o  guaranteed rate agreement

        o  maturity guaranty facility

        o  tax protection agreement

        o  interest rate swap, or

        o  other contract or agreement

for the benefit of certificateholders or any class of certificateholders of
such series.

        "ENHANCEMENT INVESTED AMOUNT" means a subordinated interest in cash
flows in respect of the receivables to the extent described in the related
prospectus supplement.

        "EUROCLEAR" means the system operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York's Brussels, Belgium office under contract with
Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation.

        "EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS" means participants of the Euroclear
system.

        "EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means those Finance Charge
Collections and other amounts described under "Description of the
Certificates--Sharing of Excess Finance Charge Collections."

        "EXCESS FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a demand deposit account held for
the benefit of the certificateholders in which principal collections are
held as collateral if the Transferor Interest is less than the Minimum
Transferor Interest.

        "EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE" means collectively the
certificate that represents the Transferor Interest in the trust.

        "EXPECTED FINAL PAYMENT DATE" means for a series or class with an
Accumulation Period, the expected date of final payment of principal and
any accrued and unpaid interest for that series or class specified in the
Supplement.

        "FEDERATED CARDS" means the holders of the credit cards issued by
the Originators under department store tradenames to purchase virtually all
of the various types of merchandise and services offered by the Federated
Stores.

        "FEDERATED STORES" means stores currently operated by the
Originators under the names "Bloomingdale's," "Burdines," "Goldsmith's,"
"Lazarus," "Rich's," "Stern's," "The Bon Marche," and, in the case of those
stores formerly operated under other nameplates, "Macy's."

        "FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means with respect to any series for
any business day:

        o  the product of (1) collections received with respect to the
           receivables minus Recoveries and (2) the Yield Factor plus

        o  any investment earnings on amounts on deposit in the Excess
           Funding Account plus

        o  Recoveries.

        "FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLE FACTOR" means with respect to any Date
of Determination:

        o  the total amount of finance charges, late fees, and other fees
           and charges outstanding on the last day of the preceding Monthly
           Period divided by

        o  the total Outstanding Balances of the Eligible Receivables on
           the last day of that preceding Monthly Period, determined on the
           basis of a calculation performed by the servicer.

        "FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES" means for any business day, the
product of:

        o  the Finance Charge Receivable Factor determined on the preceding
           Date of Determination, or on that business day with respect to
           each Date of Determination, and

        o  the total amount of Eligible Receivables as of that business
           day, determined on the basis of a calculation performed by the
           servicer.

        "FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for each Monthly
Period, the percentage used to allocate to your series collections of
Finance Charge Receivables and collections of Principal Receivables as
described in the related prospectus supplement.

        "FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means for each Monthly Period, the
percentage used to allocate to your series Default Amounts and collections
of Finance Charge Receivables as described in the related prospectus
supplement.

        "FUNDING PERIOD" means for any pre-funded series, the period the
earliest of

           -     the first day on which the amount on deposit in the
                 pre-funding account is reduced to zero as a result of
                 increases in the total amount of Principal Receivables in
                 the trust,

           -     the day immediately preceding the day on which a Pay Out
                 Event is deemed to occur, and

           -     the first day of a Monthly Period specified in the related
                 prospectus supplement.

        "INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES" means receivables not satisfying the
requirements of Eligible Receivables.

        "INITIAL CLOSING DATE" means December 15, 1992.

        "INITIAL CUT-OFF DATE" means for receivables in Accounts owned by
each Originator, the date on which the last cycle of that Originator was
billed in the September 1992 fiscal month.

        "IN-STORE PAYMENTS" means any payment made by an Obligor with
respect to a receivable by delivery of cash, check, money order, or any
other form of payment to a cashier or other employee of any Originator or
any merchant which sells merchandise or services on credit under a CHARGE
ACCOUNT AGREEMENT.

        "INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account held
for the benefit of the certificateholders of a series in which amounts to
be paid to those certificateholders as interest will be deposited on a
monthly basis, if interest payments are made to certificateholders less
frequently than monthly.

        "INVESTED AMOUNT" means for certificateholders in a series, the
total principal amount of their interest in trust assets as specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

        "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF" means for any Monthly Period and for any
series, the amount by which the Invested Amount will be reduced to cover
Default Amounts allocated to the series and other amounts as may be
specified in the prospectus supplement for any series that are not covered
from collections of Finance Charge Receivables or other sources as
specified in the prospectus supplement for any series.

        "INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT" means, with respect to each business day,
an amount equal to the product of:

        o  the Floating Allocation Percentage applicable for that business
           day, and

        o  the total Default Amount for all Defaulted Accounts on that
           business day.

        "INVESTOR PERCENTAGE" means with respect to Principal Collections,
Finance Charge Collections and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts for any
Series of Certificates, the Floating Allocation Percentage or the
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, as applicable.

        "LOCK-BOX ACCOUNT" means an account in the name of the trustee with
a Lock-Box Bank.

        "LOCK-BOX AGREEMENT" means each agreement between the respective
Originator, the trustee, and the respective Lock-Box Bank, under which the
Lock-Box Bank receives collections from time to time as provided in that
agreement.

        "LOCK-BOX BANK" means any of the banks that holds one or more
Lock-Box Accounts for receiving collections, under a Lock-Box Agreement.

        "MINIMUM AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES" means, as of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the sum of:

        o  the initial invested amounts for all outstanding series on that
           date, except any series created under a variable funding
           supplement or a paired series,

        o  with respect to any series created under a variable funding
           supplement, during the revolving period for that series, the
           invested amount on that date of determination or, during the
           amortization period for that series, the invested amount of that
           series on the last day of the revolving period for that series,
           and

        o  with respect to any paired series, the invested amount of that
           series as of that date, after taking into account any payments,
           deposits or adjustments made on that date.

        "MINIMUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST" means the product of:

        o  the sum of:

           -     the aggregate Principal Receivables and

           -     the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and

        o  the highest minimum transferor percentage for any series
           specified in the related prospectus supplement.

        "MONTHLY INTEREST" means interest accrued for a monthly interest
accrual period as specified in the related prospectus supplement for any
series or class.

        "MONTHLY PERIOD" means a fiscal month of PRC.

        "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE" means for any Distribution Date with
respect to any Series, the amount payable to the Servicer with respect to a
Monthly Period described in the related Prospectus Supplement

        "NON-U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER" means a beneficial owner of a
certificate that is not a U.S. Certificate Owner.

        "OBLIGOR" means a person or persons obligated to make payments with
respect to a Receivable arising under an Account under to a Charge Account
Agreement.

        "ORIGINATOR" means FDS and any transferee, successor or assign of
FDS or any other originator of consumer open end credit card accounts
designated to have their receivables included in the trust.

        "PAY OUT EVENT" means for any series of certificates issued by the
trust, any of the events identified in the related prospectus supplement
and any of the events described under "Description of the Certificates--Pay
Out Events" causing the Rapid Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization
Period to begin.

        "PERMITTED LIEN" means, with respect to the receivables:

        o  liens in favor of the transferor created under the Purchase
           Agreement assigned to the trustee under the Pooling and
           Servicing Agreement,

        o  liens in favor of the trustee under the Pooling and Servicing
           Agreement and

        o  liens which secure the payment of taxes, assessments, and
           governmental charges or levies, if those taxes are either (1)
           not delinquent or (2) being contested in good faith by
           appropriate legal or administrative proceedings and as to which
           adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted
           accounting principles shall have been established.

        "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Amended and Restated
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1992, among PRC,
as transferor of the receivables to the trust, FDS, as servicer and
originator of the receivables, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as trustee, as
amended from time to time.

        "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means with respect to any series for any Monthly
Period, the annualized percentage specified in the related prospectus
supplement.

        "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a trust account:

        o  established with the trustee for the benefit of
           certificateholders of a pre-funded series, and

        o  in which is deposited the pre-funded amount.

        "PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account held for the
benefit of certificateholders:

        o  in which Principal Collections are deposited, and

        o  from which those collections are withdrawn and distributed as
           described in the related Prospectus Supplement under
           "Description of the Offered Certificates--Application of
           Collections."

        "PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means with respect to any series for any
business day, the product of :

        o  collections received with respect to the receivables minus
           Recoveries and

        o  one minus the Yield Factor.

        "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account held
for the benefit of the certificateholders of a series with an Accumulation
Period in which collections of Principal Receivables are accumulated during
the Accumulation Period. At the end of the Accumulation Period, the amount
in this account will be paid to certificateholders of that series or any
class.

        "PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES" means for any business day, the total
amount of Eligible Receivables as of that business day, determined on the
basis of a calculation performed by the servicer, minus the amount of
Finance Charge Receivables on that business day.

        "PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS" means for any series, the deficiency that
occurs when Principal Collections allocable to certificateholders and other
amounts are insufficient to cover required principal payments or deposits.

        "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Receivables Purchase Agreement among
PRC, as purchaser, and the Originators, as sellers, under which PRC
purchases the receivables from the Originators.

        "PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE" means the date described under "The
Receivable Purchase Agreement--Termination."

        "QUALIFIED INSTITUTION" means a United States depository
institution which at all times is acceptable to each rating agency holding
the trust accounts described under "Description of the Certificates--Trust
Accounts."

        "RAPID ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means for any series or class, a
period:

        o  beginning when a Pay Out Event occurs or at another time
           specified in the related prospectus supplement, and

        o  ending on the earliest of:

           -     the start of the Early Amortization Period,

           -     payment in full of the Invested Amount of the certificates
                 of that series or class, and

           -     the Series Termination Date; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to a series or
class will be deposited on each Transfer Date into the Principal Funding
Account and used to pay principal to the certificateholders of that series
on the Expected Final Payment Date.

        "RATINGS EFFECT" means a reduction or withdrawal by any rating
agency of its then-current rating of the investor certificates of any
outstanding series or class for which it is a rating agency.

        "RECORD DATE" means with respect to any payment to
certificateholders, the date specified in the related prospectus supplement
as of which a certificateholder must be the registered holder of a
certificate to receive a payment on the following Distribution Date.

        "RECOVERIES" means any amounts received by the servicer with
respect to receivables in accounts that previously became Defaulted
Accounts.

        "REMOVED ACCOUNTS" means accounts designated by PRC to have their
receivables conveyed from the trust to PRC and which will no longer
constitute trust accounts if PRC satisfies the conditions specified in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        "RESERVE ACCOUNT" means a bank account established to provide
support for a series or one or more classes of certificates. This account
may be funded by an initial cash deposit or any other method specified in
the related prospectus supplement.

        "REVOLVING PERIOD" means for any series, a period:

        o  beginning on the Closing Date, and

        o  ending when an Amortization Period or Accumulation Period
           begins; and

during which collections of Principal Receivables allocable to that series
are not paid to certificateholders or accumulated but are paid to the
holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or distributed in any
other manner described in the related prospectus supplement.

        "SERIES ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE" means on any date of determination,
the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

        o  whose numerator is the Invested Amount of a series, and

        o  whose denominator is the sum of the Invested Amounts of all then
           outstanding series.

        "SUPPLEMENT" means the supplement to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement relating to a particular series.

        "SERIES TERMINATION DATE" means for any series, the final
Distribution Date on which principal and accrued and unpaid interest is
scheduled to be paid as described in the related prospectus supplement.

        "SERVICER DEFAULT" means any failure of the servicer under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement:

        o  to perform its duties or fulfill its obligations (each, a
           "breach") which has a material adverse impact on
           certificateholders, and

        o  to cure the breach within a specified period of time, including
           any grace period, after discovery or notice of the breach,

and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. See "The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement--Servicer Default" for a description of the specific
events that could result in a Servicer Default.

        "SHARED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means those principal collections
and other amounts described under "Description of the Certificates--Shared
Principal Collections."

        "SUPPLEMENTAL ACCOUNTS" means after the Initial Cut-Off Date, those
accounts, except Automatic Additional Accounts, PRC designates to be added
to the trust only if they are eligible accounts. However, PRC must add
Supplemental Accounts to the trust if:

        o  the Transferor Interest is less than the Minimum Transferor
           Interest, or

        o  the total amount of Principal Receivables in the trust is less
           than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables.

        "TRANSFER DATE" means the business day immediately before a
Distribution Date.

        "TRANSFEROR FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means those Finance Charge
Collections allocated to the transferor described in the applicable
prospectus supplement.

        "TRANSFEROR INTEREST" means on any date of determination:

        o  the total amount of Principal Receivables in the trust at the
           end of the day immediately before that date of determination,
           and

        o  amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account excluding any
           investment earnings in those accounts and other trust assets,
           including any other accounts specified in the related prospectus
           supplement, and

not allocated to certificateholders or any enhancement provider.

        "TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE" means a percentage of all cardholder
payments on the receivables in the trust equal to 100% minus the sum of the
applicable investor allocation percentage for all series of certificates
then outstanding.

        "TRUST TERMINATION DATE" means the earliest to occur of:

        o  unless a Trust extension has occurred, the day after the
           Distribution Date with respect to any Series following the date
           on which funds have been deposited in the Distribution Account
           or the applicable Series Account for the payment of Investor
           Certificateholders of each Series then issued and outstanding
           sufficient to pay in full the Aggregate Invested Amount plus
           interest accrued at the applicable Certificate Rate through the
           end of the day prior to the Distribution Date with respect to
           each such Series,

        o  if a Trust extension has occurred in accordance with the Pooling
           and Servicing Agreement, the extended Trust Termination Date.

        "U.S. CERTIFICATE OWNER" means a beneficial owner of a certificate
that is:

        o  a citizen or resident of the United States,

        o  a corporation or partnership created or organized in the United
           States or under the laws of the United States or any political
           subdivision of the United States,

        o  an estate whose income is subject to United States federal
           income taxation regardless of its source, or

        o  a trust that is subject to the supervision of a court within the
           United States and the control of a United States person as
           described in section 7701(a)(30) of the tax code or that has a
           valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury
           regulations to be treated as a United States person.

    "YIELD FACTOR" means with respect to any business day, the percentage
equivalent of an amount determined on the preceding date of determination,
or on that business day with respect to each date of determination, equal
to:

        o  an amount equal to:

           -     the product of the amount of finance charges, late fees,
                 and other fees and charges billed to cardholders on the
                 receivables for the Monthly Period preceding that date of
                 determination and one minus the Delinquency Percentage for
                 the preceding date of determination, or on that business
                 day with respect to each date of determination, plus

           -     Recoveries for the Monthly Period preceding that date of
                 determination

         divided by

        o  the total amount of collections on receivables for the Monthly
           Period preceding that date of determination.




                                  PART II

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The following is an itemized list of the estimated expenses to be
incurred in connection with the offering of the securities being offered
hereunder other than underwriting discounts and commissions.



Registration Fee...............................................$264,000.00
Printing and Engraving.........................................$ 75,000.00
Trustee's Fees.................................................$  5,000.00
Legal Fees and Expenses........................................$200,000.00
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses.....................................$ 50,000.00
Accountants' Fees and Expenses.................................$ 50,000.00
Rating Agency Fees.............................................$300,000.00
Miscellaneous Fees and Expenses................................$ 50,000.00
    Total......................................................$994,000.00
                                                               ===========


---------------


ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

        The Transferor's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws provide
for the indemnification of the directors, officers, employees, and agents
of the Transferor to the full extent that may be permitted by Delaware law
from time to time, and the By-Laws provide for various procedures relating
thereto. Certain provisions of the Transferor's Certificate of
Incorporation protect the Transferor's directors against personal liability
for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty of
care, except as set forth below. Under Delaware law, absent these
provisions, directors could be held liable for gross negligence in the
performance of their duty of care, but not for simple negligence. The
Transferor's Certificate of Incorporation absolves directors of liability
for negligence in the performance of their duties, including gross
negligence. However, the Transferor's directors remain liable for breaches
of their duty of loyalty to the Transferor, as well as for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law and transactions from which a director derives
improper personal benefit. The Transferor's Certificate of Incorporation
also does not absolve directors of liability under section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which makes directors personally liable
for unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions in
certain circumstances and expressly sets forth a negligence standard with
respect to such liability.

        Under Delaware law, directors, officers, employees, and other
individuals may be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with
specified actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right
of the corporation--a "derivative action") if they acted in good faith and
in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.
A similar standard of care is applicable in the case of a derivative
action, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such
an action and Delaware law requires court approval before there can be any
indemnification of expenses where the person seeking indemnification has
been found liable to the corporation.

        The Transferor's Certificate of Incorporation provides, among other
things, that each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to
be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact
that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the
Transferor (or was serving at the request of the Transferor as a director,
officer, employee, or agent of another entity), will be indemnified and
held harmless by the Transferor to the full extent authorized by Delaware
law against all expense, liability, or loss (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, and amounts to be paid in settlement) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The rights
conferred thereby will be deemed to be contract rights and will include the
right to be paid by the Transferor for the expenses incurred in defending
the proceedings specified above in advance of their final disposition.

        The Transferor has entered into indemnification agreements with
each of its directors and officers. These indemnification agreements
provide for, among other things, (i) the indemnification by the Transferor
of the indemnitees thereunder to the extent described above, (ii) the
advancement of attorneys' fees and other expenses, and (iii) the
establishment, upon approval by its Board of Directors, of trusts or other
funding mechanisms to fund the Transferor's indemnification obligations
thereunder.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS

  (a) Exhibits


1     Form of Underwriting Agreement


4.1   Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
      December 15, 1992 (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"), among
      Federated, Prime Receivables Corporation and The Chase Manhattan
      Bank, as Trustee.(1)

4.2   Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1992 (the
      "Purchase Agreement"), among Abraham & Straus, Inc., Bloomingdale's,
      Inc., Burdines, Inc., Jordan Marsh Stores Corporation, Lazarus, Inc.,
      Rich's Department Stores, Inc., Stern's Department Stores, Inc., The
      Bon, Inc., and Prime Receivables Corporation.(1)

4.3   First Amendment, dated as of December 1, 1993, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(2)

4.4   Second Amendment, dated as of February 28, 1994, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(2)

4.5   Third Amendment, dated as of May 31, 1994, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(2)

4.6   Assumption Agreement under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated
      as of September 15, 1993.(2)


4.7   Form of Series 2000-_ Supplement.


4.8   First Amendment, dated as of June 23, 1993, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(2)

4.9   Second Amendment, dated as of December 1, 1993, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(2)

4.10  Third Amendment, dated as of February 28, 1994, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(2)

4.11  Fourth Amendment, dated as of May 31, 1994, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(2)

4.12  First Supplement, dated as of September 15, 1993, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(2)

4.13  Second Supplement, dated as of May 31, 1994, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(2)

4.14  Fourth Amendment, dated as of January 18, 1995, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(3)

4.15  Fifth Amendment, dated as of April 30, 1995, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(3)

4.16  Sixth Amendment, dated as of July 27, 1995, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(3)

4.17  Fifth Amendment, dated as of April 30, 1995, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(3)

4.18  Seventh Amendment, dated as of May 14, 1996, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(4)

4.19  Sixth Amendment, dated as of August 26, 1995, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(3)

4.20  Seventh Amendment, dated as of August 26, 1995, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(3)

4.21  Eighth Amendment, dated as of May 14, 1996, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(5)

4.22  Third Supplement, dated as of August 26, 1995, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(3)

4.23  Fourth Supplement, dated as of May 14, 1996, to the Purchase
      Agreement.

4.24  Eighth Amendment, dated as of March 3, 1997, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(6)

4.25  Ninth Amendment, dated as of March 3, 1997, to the Receivables
      Purchase Agreement.(7)

4.26  Ninth Amendment, dated as of August 28, 1997, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(8)

4.27  Tenth Amendment, dated as of August 3, 1998, to Pooling and Servicing
      Agreement. (9)


4.28  Eleventh Amendment, dated as of March 23, 2000, to the Pooling and
      Servicing Agreement.(10)


4.29  Tenth Amendment, dated as of March 23, 2000, to the Purchase
      Agreement.(11)

5     Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue with respect to legality.

8     Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue with respect to tax matters.

23    Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in its opinions filed
      as Exhibits 5 and 8).

24    Powers of Attorney (located on the "Signatures" section of this Part
      II).

----------

(1)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Transferor's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-52374) having
     the same numerical designation.

(2)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Transferor's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-92850) having
     the same numerical designation.

(3)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Transferor's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-1790-01)
     having the same numerical designation.

(4)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6.7 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.

(5)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13.8 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.

(6)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6.8 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.

(7)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13.9 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.

(8)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended August 28, 1997.

(9)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 1998.


(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 29, 2000.

(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 29, 2000.


  (b) Financial Statements

     All financial statements, schedules and historical financial
information have been omitted as they are not applicable.


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to
include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
registration statement; notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range
may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate
offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in
the effective registration statement; (iii) to include any material
information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement; provided, however, that (a)(i)
and (a)(ii) will not apply if the information required to be included in a
post-effective amendment by those sub-paragraphs is contained in periodic
reports filed by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this
registration statement.

     (b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

     (d) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual
report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (e) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the
underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered
in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
each purchaser.

     (f) That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described
under Item 15 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in
the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of each issue.

     (g) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed
to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared
effective.

     (h) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.



                                 SIGNATURES



     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly
caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Wilmington, State of Delaware, on November __, 2000.


                                            PRIME CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
                                            By:  PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                                 as originator of the Trust


                                            By  /s/ Susan P. Storer
                                                -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Susan P. Storer
                                                 Title:  President


                                            PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
                                                 as Co-Registrant


                                            By  /s/ Susan P. Storer
                                                ------------------------------
                                                 Name:  Susan P. Storer
                                                 Title:  President



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities indicated on November __, 2000.


                       PRIME RECEIVABLES CORPORATION


SIGNATURE                         TITLE
---------                         -----

Principal Executive Officer:

*                                         Chairman of the  Board
---------------------------------
Name:  Karen M. Hoguet

Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer:

/s/ Susan P. Storer                       President
---------------------------------
Name:  Susan P. Storer


Directors:

*                                         Director
---------------------------------
Name:  Karen M. Hoguet

/s/ Susan P. Storer                       Director
---------------------------------
Name:  Susan P. Storer

*                                         Director
---------------------------------
Name:  John R. Sims

*                                         Director
---------------------------------
Name:  Joan Dobrzynski

*                                         Director
---------------------------------
Name:  Francis B. Jacobs II



*By:  /s/ Susan P. Storer
      ---------------------------
      Susan P. Storer
      Attorney-in-fact






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               EXHIBIT INDEX


EXHIBITS
                                                                                        PAGE
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>
1       Form of Underwriting Agreement..................................................
4.1     Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(1)........................
4.2     Purchase Agreement.(1)..........................................................
4.3     First Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(2)......................
4.4     Second Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(2).....................
4.5     Third Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(2)......................
4.6     Assumption Agreement under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(2)..............
4.7     Form of Series 2000-_  Supplement...............................................
4.8     First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(2)...................................
4.9     Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(2)..................................
4.10    Third Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(2)...................................
4.11    Fourth Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(2)..................................
4.12    First Supplement to the Purchase Agreement.(2)..................................
4.13    Second Supplement to the Purchase Agreement.(2).................................
4.14    Fourth Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(3).....................
4.15    Fifth Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.(3).....................
4.16    Sixth Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.(3).....................
4.17    Fifth Amendment to the Receivables Purchase  Agreement.(3)......................
4.18    Seventh Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(4)....................
4.19    Sixth Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(3)...................................
4.20    Seventh Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(3).................................
4.21    Eighth Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(5)..................................
4.22    Third Supplement to the Purchase Agreement.(3)..................................
4.23    Fourth Supplement to the Purchase Agreement.....................................
4.24    Eighth Amendment to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.(6).....................
4.25    Ninth  Amendment to the Purchase Agreement.(7)..................................
4.26    Ninth Amendment, dated as of August 28, 1997, to the Pooling
        and Servicing Agreement.(8).....................................................
4.27    Tenth Amendment, dated as of August 3, 1998, to Pooling and
        Servicing Agreement. (9)........................................................
4.28    Eleventh Amendment, dated as of March 23, 2000, to the Pooling and
        Servicing Agreement (10)........................................................
4.29    Tenth Amendment, dated as of March 23, 2000 to the Purchase Agreement (11). ....
5       Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue with respect to legality..................
8       Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue with respect to tax matters...............
23      Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in its opinions filed as
        Exhibits 5 and 8)...............................................................
24      Powers of Attorney (located on the "Signatures" section of this Part II)........
</TABLE>

---------

(1)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Transferor's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-52374) having
     the same numerical designation.
(2)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Transferor's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-92850) having
     the same numerical designation.
(3)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibit to the Transferor's
     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration
     No. 333-1790-01) having the same numerical designation.
(4)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6.7 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.
(5)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13.8 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.
(6)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6.8 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.
(7)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.13.9 to Federated's Annual
     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997.
(8)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended August 28, 1997.
(9)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 1999.
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 29, 2000.
(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to Federated's Quarterly
     Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 29, 2000.





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission